Since other network components (and some drivers) uses the control block
provided in skb's, the network coding feature might wrongly assume that
an SKB has been decoded, and thus not try to code it with another packet
again. This happens for instance when batman-adv is running on a bridge device.
Fix this by clearing the control block for every received SKB.
Introduced by 3c12de9a5c
("batman-adv: network coding - code and transmit packets if possible")
Signed-off-by: Martin Hundebøll <martin@hundeboll.net>
Signed-off-by: Marek Lindner <mareklindner@neomailbox.ch>
Signed-off-by: Antonio Quartulli <antonio@meshcoding.com>
Signed-off-by: Martin Hundebøll <martin@hundeboll.net>
Signed-off-by: Marek Lindner <mareklindner@neomailbox.ch>
Signed-off-by: Antonio Quartulli <antonio@meshcoding.com>
Signed-off-by: Martin Hundebøll <martin@hundeboll.net>
Acked-by: Antonio Quartulli <antonio@meshcoding.com>
Signed-off-by: Marek Lindner <mareklindner@neomailbox.ch>
Signed-off-by: Antonio Quartulli <antonio@meshcoding.com>
Signed-off-by: Martin Hundebøll <martin@hundeboll.net>
Acked-by: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de>
Signed-off-by: Marek Lindner <mareklindner@neomailbox.ch>
Signed-off-by: Antonio Quartulli <antonio@meshcoding.com>
Signed-off-by: Martin Hundebøll <martin@hundeboll.net>
Signed-off-by: Marek Lindner <mareklindner@neomailbox.ch>
Signed-off-by: Antonio Quartulli <antonio@meshcoding.com>
This variable became obsolete when changing to the new bonding mechanism
based on the multi interface optimization. Since its not used anywhere,
remove it.
Reported-by: Linus Lüssing <linus.luessing@web.de>
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de>
Signed-off-by: Marek Lindner <mareklindner@neomailbox.ch>
Signed-off-by: Antonio Quartulli <antonio@meshcoding.com>
If a P2P GO is active, the cfg80211_reg_can_beacon function will take
the wdev lock, in its call to cfg80211_go_permissive_chan. But the wdev lock
is already taken by the parent channel-checking function, causing a
deadlock.
Split the checking code into two parts. The first part will check if the
wdev is active and saves the channel under the wdev lock. The second part
will check actual channel validity according to type.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When hw acceleration is enabled, the GENERATE_IV or PUT_IV_SPACE flags
only require headroom space. Therefore, the tailroom-needed counter can
safely be decremented for most drivers.
The older incarnation of this patch (ca34e3b5) assumed that the above
holds true for all drivers. As reported by Christopher Chavez and
researched by Christian Lamparter and Larry Finger, this isn't a valid
assumption for p54 and cw1200.
Drivers that still require tailroom for ICV/MIC even when HW encryption
is enabled can use IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_RESERVE_TAILROOM to indicate it.
Signed-off-by: Ido Yariv <idox.yariv@intel.com>
Cc: Christopher Chavez <chrischavez@gmx.us>
Cc: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com>
Cc: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Cc: Solomon Peachy <pizza@shaftnet.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Merge mac80211.git to get some changes that would otherwise
cause conflicts with new changes coming here.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The return value should be initialized to false so that there's a
valid return value when there are no sessions that need work to be
done on them. Luckily, the side effect of using the uninitialized
value is an extra harmless driver call.
Coverity: CID 1260096
Fixes: 02219b3abc ("mac80211: add WMM admission control support")
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
[extend commit message]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Support for keyword 'boolean' will be dropped later on.
No functional change.
Reference: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/cover.1418003065.git.cj@linux.com
Signed-off-by: Christoph Jaeger <cj@linux.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Marek <mmarek@suse.cz>
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
"Just a pile of random fixes, including:
1) Do not apply TSO limits to non-TSO packets, fix from Herbert Xu.
2) MDI{,X} eeprom check in e100 driver is reversed, from John W.
Linville.
3) Missing error return assignments in several ethernet drivers, from
Julia Lawall.
4) Altera TSE device doesn't come back up after ifconfig down/up
sequence, fix from Kostya Belezko.
5) Add more cases to the check for whether the qmi_wwan device has a
bogus MAC address and needs to be assigned a random one. From
Kristian Evensen.
6) Fix interrupt hangs in CPSW, from Felipe Balbi.
7) Implement ndo_features_check in r8152 so that the stack doesn't
feed GSO packets which are outside of the chip's capabilities.
From Hayes Wang"
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (26 commits)
qla3xxx: don't allow never end busy loop
xen-netback: fixing the propagation of the transmit shaper timeout
r8152: support ndo_features_check
batman-adv: fix potential TT client + orig-node memory leak
batman-adv: fix multicast counter when purging originators
batman-adv: fix counter for multicast supporting nodes
batman-adv: fix lock class for decoding hash in network-coding.c
batman-adv: fix delayed foreign originator recognition
batman-adv: fix and simplify condition when bonding should be used
Revert "mac80211: Fix accounting of the tailroom-needed counter"
net: ethernet: cpsw: fix hangs with interrupts
enic: free all rq buffs when allocation fails
qmi_wwan: Set random MAC on devices with buggy fw
openvswitch: Consistently include VLAN header in flow and port stats.
tcp: Do not apply TSO segment limit to non-TSO packets
Altera TSE: Add missing phydev
net/mlx4_core: Fix error flow in mlx4_init_hca()
net/mlx4_core: Correcly update the mtt's offset in the MR re-reg flow
qlcnic: Fix return value in qlcnic_probe()
net: axienet: fix error return code
...
This patch extends the ethtool plugin module eeprom API to support cards
whose phy support is delegated to a separate driver.
The handlers for ETHTOOL_GMODULEINFO and ETHTOOL_GMODULEEEPROM call the
module_info and module_eeprom functions if the phy driver provides them;
otherwise the handlers call the equivalent ethtool_ops functions provided
by network drivers with built-in phy support.
Signed-off-by: Ed Swierk <eswierk@skyportsystems.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Relax the checking that was introduced in 97840cb ("netfilter:
nfnetlink: fix insufficient validation in nfnetlink_bind") when the
subscription bitmask is used. Existing userspace code code may request
to listen to all of the existing netlink groups by setting an all to one
subscription group bitmask. Netlink already validates subscription via
setsockopt() for us.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Make sure there is enough room for the nfnetlink header in the
netlink messages that are part of the batch. There is a similar
check in netlink_rcv_skb().
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Commit 5195c14c8b ("netfilter: conntrack: fix race in
__nf_conntrack_confirm against get_next_corpse") aimed to resolve the
race condition between the confirmation (packet path) and the flush
command (from control plane). However, it introduced a crash when
several packets race to add a new conntrack, which seems easier to
reproduce when nf_queue is in place.
Fix this race, in __nf_conntrack_confirm(), by removing the CT
from unconfirmed list before checking the DYING bit. In case
race occured, re-add the CT to the dying list
This patch also changes the verdict from NF_ACCEPT to NF_DROP when
we lose race. Basically, the confirmation happens for the first packet
that we see in a flow. If you just invoked conntrack -F once (which
should be the common case), then this is likely to be the first packet
of the flow (unless you already called flush anytime soon in the past).
This should be hard to trigger, but better drop this packet, otherwise
we leave things in inconsistent state since the destination will likely
reply to this packet, but it will find no conntrack, unless the origin
retransmits.
The change of the verdict has been discussed in:
https://www.marc.info/?l=linux-netdev&m=141588039530056&w=2
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
- ensure bonding is used (if enabled) for packets coming in the soft
interface
- fix race condition to avoid orig_nodes to be deleted right after
being added
- avoid false positive lockdep splats by assigning lockclass to
the proper hashtable lock objects
- avoid miscounting of multicast 'disabled' nodes in the network
- fix memory leak in the Global Translation Table in case of
originator interval change
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v2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=30sl
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'batman-adv-fix-for-davem' of git://git.open-mesh.org/linux-merge
Included changes:
- ensure bonding is used (if enabled) for packets coming in the soft
interface
- fix race condition to avoid orig_nodes to be deleted right after
being added
- avoid false positive lockdep splats by assigning lockclass to
the proper hashtable lock objects
- avoid miscounting of multicast 'disabled' nodes in the network
- fix memory leak in the Global Translation Table in case of
originator interval change
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
p54 and cw2100 drivers (arguably due to bad assumptions there.)
Since this affects kernels since 3.17, I decided to revert for
now and we'll revisit this optimisation properly for -next.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=CnbJ
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-for-davem-2015-01-06' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211
Here's just a single fix - a revert of a patch that broke the
p54 and cw2100 drivers (arguably due to bad assumptions there.)
Since this affects kernels since 3.17, I decided to revert for
now and we'll revisit this optimisation properly for -next.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The patch "40a11ca mac80211: check if channels allow 80 MHz for VHT
probe requests" considered disabled channels as VHT enabled, and
mistakenly sent out probe-requests with the VHT IE.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Put the group names into the userspace API header file so that
userspace clients can use symbolic names from there instead of
hardcoding the actual names. This doesn't really change much,
but seems somewhat cleaner.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
With the wiphy::features flag being used up this patch adds a
new field wiphy::ext_features. Considering extensibility this
new field is declared as a byte array. This extensible flag is
exposed to user-space by NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES.
Cc: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Gautam (Gautam Kumar) Shukla <gautams@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This patch fixes a potential memory leak which can occur once an
originator times out. On timeout the according global translation table
entry might not get purged correctly. Furthermore, the non purged TT
entry will cause its orig-node to leak, too. Which additionally can lead
to the new multicast optimization feature not kicking in because of a
therefore bogus counter.
In detail: The batadv_tt_global_entry->orig_list holds the reference to
the orig-node. Usually this reference is released after
BATADV_PURGE_TIMEOUT through: _batadv_purge_orig()->
batadv_purge_orig_node()->batadv_update_route()->_batadv_update_route()->
batadv_tt_global_del_orig() which purges this global tt entry and
releases the reference to the orig-node.
However, if between two batadv_purge_orig_node() calls the orig-node
timeout grew to 2*BATADV_PURGE_TIMEOUT then this call path isn't
reached. Instead the according orig-node is removed from the
originator hash in _batadv_purge_orig(), the batadv_update_route()
part is skipped and won't be reached anymore.
Fixing the issue by moving batadv_tt_global_del_orig() out of the rcu
callback.
Signed-off-by: Linus Lüssing <linus.luessing@c0d3.blue>
Acked-by: Antonio Quartulli <antonio@meshcoding.com>
Signed-off-by: Marek Lindner <mareklindner@neomailbox.ch>
Signed-off-by: Antonio Quartulli <antonio@meshcoding.com>
When purging an orig_node we should only decrease counter tracking the
number of nodes without multicast optimizations support if it was
increased through this orig_node before.
A not yet quite initialized orig_node (meaning it did not have its turn
in the mcast-tvlv handler so far) which gets purged would not adhere to
this and will lead to a counter imbalance.
Fixing this by adding a check whether the orig_node is mcast-initalized
before decreasing the counter in the mcast-orig_node-purging routine.
Introduced by 60432d756c
("batman-adv: Announce new capability via multicast TVLV")
Reported-by: Tobias Hachmer <tobias@hachmer.de>
Signed-off-by: Linus Lüssing <linus.luessing@c0d3.blue>
Signed-off-by: Marek Lindner <mareklindner@neomailbox.ch>
Signed-off-by: Antonio Quartulli <antonio@meshcoding.com>
A miscounting of nodes having multicast optimizations enabled can lead
to multicast packet loss in the following scenario:
If the first OGM a node receives from another one has no multicast
optimizations support (no multicast tvlv) then we are missing to
increase the counter. This potentially leads to the wrong assumption
that we could safely use multicast optimizations.
Fixings this by increasing the counter if the initial OGM has the
multicast TVLV unset, too.
Introduced by 60432d756c
("batman-adv: Announce new capability via multicast TVLV")
Reported-by: Tobias Hachmer <tobias@hachmer.de>
Signed-off-by: Linus Lüssing <linus.luessing@c0d3.blue>
Signed-off-by: Marek Lindner <mareklindner@neomailbox.ch>
Signed-off-by: Antonio Quartulli <antonio@meshcoding.com>
batadv_has_set_lock_class() is called with the wrong hash table as first
argument (probably due to a copy-paste error), which leads to false
positives when running with lockdep.
Introduced-by: 612d2b4fe0
("batman-adv: network coding - save overheard and tx packets for decoding")
Signed-off-by: Martin Hundebøll <martin@hundeboll.net>
Signed-off-by: Marek Lindner <mareklindner@neomailbox.ch>
Signed-off-by: Antonio Quartulli <antonio@meshcoding.com>
Currently it can happen that the reception of an OGM from a new
originator is not being accepted. More precisely it can happen that
an originator struct gets allocated and initialized
(batadv_orig_node_new()), even the TQ gets calculated and set correctly
(batadv_iv_ogm_calc_tq()) but still the periodic orig_node purging
thread will decide to delete it if it has a chance to jump between
these two function calls.
This is because batadv_orig_node_new() initializes the last_seen value
to zero and its caller (batadv_iv_ogm_orig_get()) makes it visible to
other threads by adding it to the hash table already.
batadv_iv_ogm_calc_tq() will set the last_seen variable to the correct,
current time a few lines later but if the purging thread jumps in between
that it will think that the orig_node timed out and will wrongly
schedule it for deletion already.
If the purging interval is the same as the originator interval (which is
the default: 1 second), then this game can continue for several rounds
until the random OGM jitter added enough difference between these
two (in tests, two to about four rounds seemed common).
Fixing this by initializing the last_seen variable of an orig_node
to the current time before adding it to the hash table.
Signed-off-by: Linus Lüssing <linus.luessing@c0d3.blue>
Signed-off-by: Marek Lindner <mareklindner@neomailbox.ch>
Signed-off-by: Antonio Quartulli <antonio@meshcoding.com>
The current condition actually does NOT consider bonding when the
interface the packet came in from is the soft interface, which is the
opposite of what it should do (and the comment describes). Fix that and
slightly simplify the condition.
Reported-by: Ray Gibson <booray@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de>
Signed-off-by: Marek Lindner <mareklindner@neomailbox.ch>
Signed-off-by: Antonio Quartulli <antonio@meshcoding.com>
This work adds the possibility to define a per route/destination
congestion control algorithm. Generally, this opens up the possibility
for a machine with different links to enforce specific congestion
control algorithms with optimal strategies for each of them based
on their network characteristics, even transparently for a single
application listening on all links.
For our specific use case, this additionally facilitates deployment
of DCTCP, for example, applications can easily serve internal
traffic/dsts in DCTCP and external one with CUBIC. Other scenarios
would also allow for utilizing e.g. long living, low priority
background flows for certain destinations/routes while still being
able for normal traffic to utilize the default congestion control
algorithm. We also thought about a per netns setting (where different
defaults are possible), but given its actually a link specific
property, we argue that a per route/destination setting is the most
natural and flexible.
The administrator can utilize this through ip-route(8) by appending
"congctl [lock] <name>", where <name> denotes the name of a
congestion control algorithm and the optional lock parameter allows
to enforce the given algorithm so that applications in user space
would not be allowed to overwrite that algorithm for that destination.
The dst metric lookups are being done when a dst entry is already
available in order to avoid a costly lookup and still before the
algorithms are being initialized, thus overhead is very low when the
feature is not being used. While the client side would need to drop
the current reference on the module, on server side this can actually
even be avoided as we just got a flat-copied socket clone.
Joint work with Florian Westphal.
Suggested-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds the minimum necessary for the RTAX_CC_ALGO congestion
control metric to be set up and dumped back to user space.
While the internal representation of RTAX_CC_ALGO is handled as a u32
key, we avoided to expose this implementation detail to user space, thus
instead, we chose the netlink attribute that is being exchanged between
user space to be the actual congestion control algorithm name, similarly
as in the setsockopt(2) API in order to allow for maximum flexibility,
even for 3rd party modules.
It is a bit unfortunate that RTAX_QUICKACK used up a whole RTAX slot as
it should have been stored in RTAX_FEATURES instead, we first thought
about reusing it for the congestion control key, but it brings more
complications and/or confusion than worth it.
Joint work with Florian Westphal.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds necessary infrastructure to the congestion control
framework for later per route congestion control support.
For a per route congestion control possibility, our aim is to store
a unique u32 key identifier into dst metrics, which can then be
mapped into a tcp_congestion_ops struct. We argue that having a
RTAX key entry is the most simple, generic and easy way to manage,
and also keeps the memory footprint of dst entries lower on 64 bit
than with storing a pointer directly, for example. Having a unique
key id also allows for decoupling actual TCP congestion control
module management from the FIB layer, i.e. we don't have to care
about expensive module refcounting inside the FIB at this point.
We first thought of using an IDR store for the realization, which
takes over dynamic assignment of unused key space and also performs
the key to pointer mapping in RCU. While doing so, we stumbled upon
the issue that due to the nature of dynamic key distribution, it
just so happens, arguably in very rare occasions, that excessive
module loads and unloads can lead to a possible reuse of previously
used key space. Thus, previously stale keys in the dst metric are
now being reassigned to a different congestion control algorithm,
which might lead to unexpected behaviour. One way to resolve this
would have been to walk FIBs on the actually rare occasion of a
module unload and reset the metric keys for each FIB in each netns,
but that's just very costly.
Therefore, we argue a better solution is to reuse the unique
congestion control algorithm name member and map that into u32 key
space through jhash. For that, we split the flags attribute (as it
currently uses 2 bits only anyway) into two u32 attributes, flags
and key, so that we can keep the cacheline boundary of 2 cachelines
on x86_64 and cache the precalculated key at registration time for
the fast path. On average we might expect 2 - 4 modules being loaded
worst case perhaps 15, so a key collision possibility is extremely
low, and guaranteed collision-free on LE/BE for all in-tree modules.
Overall this results in much simpler code, and all without the
overhead of an IDR. Due to the deterministic nature, modules can
now be unloaded, the congestion control algorithm for a specific
but unloaded key will fall back to the default one, and on module
reload time it will switch back to the expected algorithm
transparently.
Joint work with Florian Westphal.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We can just move this to an extra function and make the code
a bit more readable, no functional change.
Joint work with Florian Westphal.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Do the nla validation earlier, outside the write lock.
This is needed by followup patch which needs to be able to call
request_module (which can sleep) if needed.
Joint work with Daniel Borkmann.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When IPv6 host routes with metrics attached are being added, we fetch
the metrics store from the dst via COW through dst_metrics_write_ptr(),
added through commit e5fd387ad5.
One remaining problem here is that we actually call into inet_getpeer()
and may end up allocating/creating a new peer from the kmemcache, which
may fail.
Example trace from perf probe (inet_getpeer:41) where create is 1:
ip 6877 [002] 4221.391591: probe:inet_getpeer: (ffffffff8165e293)
85e294 inet_getpeer.part.7 (<- kmem_cache_alloc())
85e578 inet_getpeer
8eb333 ipv6_cow_metrics
8f10ff fib6_commit_metrics
Therefore, a check for NULL on the return of dst_metrics_write_ptr()
is necessary here.
Joint work with Florian Westphal.
Fixes: e5fd387ad5 ("ipv6: do not overwrite inetpeer metrics prematurely")
Cc: Michal Kubeček <mkubecek@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add checking whether the call to ndo_dflt_fdb_dump is needed.
It is not expected to call ndo_dflt_fdb_dump unconditionally
by some drivers (i.e. qlcnic or macvlan) that defines
own ndo_fdb_dump. Other drivers define own ndo_fdb_dump
and don't want ndo_dflt_fdb_dump to be called at all.
At the same time it is desirable to call the default dump
function on a bridge device.
Fix attributes that are passed to dev->netdev_ops->ndo_fdb_dump.
Add extra checking in br_fdb_dump to avoid duplicate entries
as now filter_dev can be NULL.
Following tests for filtering have been performed before
the change and after the patch was applied to make sure
they are the same and it doesn't break the filtering algorithm.
[root@localhost ~]# cd /root/iproute2-3.18.0/bridge
[root@localhost bridge]# modprobe dummy
[root@localhost bridge]# ./bridge fdb add f1:f2:f3:f4:f5:f6 dev dummy0
[root@localhost bridge]# brctl addbr br0
[root@localhost bridge]# brctl addif br0 dummy0
[root@localhost bridge]# ip link set dev br0 address 02:00:00:12:01:04
[root@localhost bridge]# # show all
[root@localhost bridge]# ./bridge fdb show
33:33:00:00:00:01 dev p2p1 self permanent
01:00:5e:00:00:01 dev p2p1 self permanent
33:33:ff:ac:ce:32 dev p2p1 self permanent
33:33:00:00:02:02 dev p2p1 self permanent
01:00:5e:00:00:fb dev p2p1 self permanent
33:33:00:00:00:01 dev p7p1 self permanent
01:00:5e:00:00:01 dev p7p1 self permanent
33:33:ff:79:50:53 dev p7p1 self permanent
33:33:00:00:02:02 dev p7p1 self permanent
01:00:5e:00:00:fb dev p7p1 self permanent
f2:46:50:85:6d:d9 dev dummy0 master br0 permanent
f2:46:50:85:6d:d9 dev dummy0 vlan 1 master br0 permanent
33:33:00:00:00:01 dev dummy0 self permanent
f1:f2:f3:f4:f5:f6 dev dummy0 self permanent
33:33:00:00:00:01 dev br0 self permanent
02:00:00:12:01:04 dev br0 vlan 1 master br0 permanent
02:00:00:12:01:04 dev br0 master br0 permanent
[root@localhost bridge]# # filter by bridge
[root@localhost bridge]# ./bridge fdb show br br0
f2:46:50:85:6d:d9 dev dummy0 master br0 permanent
f2:46:50:85:6d:d9 dev dummy0 vlan 1 master br0 permanent
33:33:00:00:00:01 dev dummy0 self permanent
f1:f2:f3:f4:f5:f6 dev dummy0 self permanent
33:33:00:00:00:01 dev br0 self permanent
02:00:00:12:01:04 dev br0 vlan 1 master br0 permanent
02:00:00:12:01:04 dev br0 master br0 permanent
[root@localhost bridge]# # filter by port
[root@localhost bridge]# ./bridge fdb show brport dummy0
f2:46:50:85:6d:d9 master br0 permanent
f2:46:50:85:6d:d9 vlan 1 master br0 permanent
33:33:00:00:00:01 self permanent
f1:f2:f3:f4:f5:f6 self permanent
[root@localhost bridge]# # filter by port + bridge
[root@localhost bridge]# ./bridge fdb show br br0 brport dummy0
f2:46:50:85:6d:d9 master br0 permanent
f2:46:50:85:6d:d9 vlan 1 master br0 permanent
33:33:00:00:00:01 self permanent
f1:f2:f3:f4:f5:f6 self permanent
[root@localhost bridge]#
Signed-off-by: Hubert Sokolowski <hubert.sokolowski@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add ip_cmsg_recv_offset function which takes an offset argument
that indicates the starting offset in skb where data is being received
from. This will be useful in the case of UDP and provided checksum
to user space.
ip_cmsg_recv is an inline call to ip_cmsg_recv_offset with offset of
zero.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add ip_cmsg_recv_offset function which takes an offset argument
that indicates the starting offset in skb where data is being received
from. This will be useful in the case of UDP and provided checksum
to user space.
ip_cmsg_recv is an inline call to ip_cmsg_recv_offset with offset of
zero.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move the IP_CMSG_* constants from ip_sockglue.c to inet_sock.h so that
they can be referenced in other source files.
Restructure ip_cmsg_recv to not go through flags using shift, check
for flags by 'and'. This eliminates both the shift and a conditional
per flag check.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move convert_csum from udp_sock to inet_sock. This allows the
possibility that we can use convert checksum for different types
of sockets and also allows convert checksum to be enabled from
inet layer (what we'll want to do when enabling IP_CHECKSUM cmsg).
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
new_start_seq and new_end_seq are network byte order,
print the host byte order in debug message and print
seq number as the type of unsigned int.
Signed-off-by: Gao feng <gaofeng@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@soleta.eu>
The related code can be simplified, and also can avoid related warnings
(with allmodconfig under parisc):
CC [M] net/netfilter/nfnetlink_cthelper.o
net/netfilter/nfnetlink_cthelper.c: In function ‘nfnl_cthelper_from_nlattr’:
net/netfilter/nfnetlink_cthelper.c:97:9: warning: passing argument 1 o ‘memcpy’ discards ‘const’ qualifier from pointer target type [-Wdiscarded-array-qualifiers]
memcpy(&help->data, nla_data(attr), help->helper->data_len);
^
In file included from include/linux/string.h:17:0,
from include/uapi/linux/uuid.h:25,
from include/linux/uuid.h:23,
from include/linux/mod_devicetable.h:12,
from ./arch/parisc/include/asm/hardware.h:4,
from ./arch/parisc/include/asm/processor.h:15,
from ./arch/parisc/include/asm/spinlock.h:6,
from ./arch/parisc/include/asm/atomic.h:21,
from include/linux/atomic.h:4,
from ./arch/parisc/include/asm/bitops.h:12,
from include/linux/bitops.h:36,
from include/linux/kernel.h:10,
from include/linux/list.h:8,
from include/linux/module.h:9,
from net/netfilter/nfnetlink_cthelper.c:11:
./arch/parisc/include/asm/string.h:8:8: note: expected ‘void *’ but argument is of type ‘const char (*)[]’
void * memcpy(void * dest,const void *src,size_t count);
^
Signed-off-by: Chen Gang <gang.chen.5i5j@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@soleta.eu>
Actually after netlink_skb_clone() is called, the nskb and
skb will point to the same thing, but they are used just like
they are different, sometimes this is confusing, so i think
there is no necessary to keep nskb anymore.
Signed-off-by: Duan Jiong <duanj.fnst@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@soleta.eu>
This reverts commit ca34e3b5c8.
It turns out that the p54 and cw2100 drivers assume that there's
tailroom even when they don't say they really need it. However,
there's currently no way for them to explicitly say they do need
it, so for now revert this.
This fixes https://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=90331.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Fixes: ca34e3b5c8 ("mac80211: Fix accounting of the tailroom-needed counter")
Reported-by: Christopher Chavez <chrischavez@gmx.us>
Bisected-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Debugged-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When searching for an existing socket to reuse, the address family
is not taken into account - only port number. This means that an
IPv4 socket could be used for IPv6 traffic and vice versa, which
is sure to cause problems when passing packets.
It is not possible to trigger this problem currently because the
only user of Geneve creates just IPv4 sockets. However, that is
likely to change in the near future.
Signed-off-by: Jesse Gross <jesse@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The hash table for open Geneve ports is used only on creation and
deletion time. It is not performance critical and is not likely to
grow to a large number of items. Therefore, this can be changed
to use a simple linked list.
Signed-off-by: Jesse Gross <jesse@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The existing Geneve locking scheme was pulled over directly from
VXLAN. However, VXLAN has a number of built in mechanisms which make
the locking more complex and are unlikely to be necessary with Geneve.
This simplifies the locking to use a basic scheme of a mutex
when doing updates plus RCU on receive.
In addition to making the code easier to read, this also avoids the
possibility of a race when creating or destroying sockets since
UDP sockets and the list of Geneve sockets are protected by different
locks. After this change, the entire operation is atomic.
Signed-off-by: Jesse Gross <jesse@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The work queue is used only to free the UDP socket upon destruction.
This is not necessary with Geneve and generally makes the code more
difficult to reason about. It also introduces nondeterministic
behavior such as when a socket is rapidly deleted and recreated, which
could fail as the the deletion happens asynchronously.
Signed-off-by: Jesse Gross <jesse@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The HCI_QUIRK_FIXUP_INQUIRY_MODE option allows to force Inquiry Result
with RSSI setting on controllers that do not indicate support for it,
but where it is known to be fully functional.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
There are some old Bluetooth modules from Silicon Wave and Broadcom
which support Inquiry Result with RSSI, but do not advertise it. The
core has quirks in the code to enable that inquiry mode. However as
it stands right now, that code is not even executed since entering
the function to determine which inquiry mode requires that the device
has the feature bit for Inquiry Result with RSSI set in the first
place. So this makes this dead code that hasn't work for a long
time.
In conclusion, just remove these extra quirks and simplify the setup
of the inquiry mode to be inline and with that a lot easier to read
and understand.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Defers the release of the socket reference using call_rcu() to
allow using an RCU read-side protected call to rhashtable_lookup()
This restores behaviour and performance gains as previously
introduced by e341694 ("netlink: Convert netlink_lookup() to use
RCU protected hash table") without the side effect of severely
delayed socket destruction.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduces an array of spinlocks to protect bucket mutations. The number
of spinlocks per CPU is configurable and selected based on the hash of
the bucket. This allows for parallel insertions and removals of entries
which do not share a lock.
The patch also defers expansion and shrinking to a worker queue which
allows insertion and removal from atomic context. Insertions and
deletions may occur in parallel to it and are only held up briefly
while the particular bucket is linked or unzipped.
Mutations of the bucket table pointer is protected by a new mutex, read
access is RCU protected.
In the event of an expansion or shrinking, the new bucket table allocated
is exposed as a so called future table as soon as the resize process
starts. Lookups, deletions, and insertions will briefly use both tables.
The future table becomes the main table after an RCU grace period and
initial linking of the old to the new table was performed. Optimization
of the chains to make use of the new number of buckets follows only the
new table is in use.
The side effect of this is that during that RCU grace period, a bucket
traversal using any rht_for_each() variant on the main table will not see
any insertions performed during the RCU grace period which would at that
point land in the future table. The lookup will see them as it searches
both tables if needed.
Having multiple insertions and removals occur in parallel requires nelems
to become an atomic counter.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The removal function of nft_hash currently stores a reference to the
previous element during lookup which is used to optimize removal later
on. This was possible because a lock is held throughout calling
rhashtable_lookup() and rhashtable_remove().
With the introdution of deferred table resizing in parallel to lookups
and insertions, the nftables lock will no longer synchronize all
table mutations and the stored pprev may become invalid.
Removing this optimization makes removal slightly more expensive on
average but allows taking the resize cost out of the insert and
remove path.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Cc: netfilter-devel@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is in preparation to introduce per bucket spinlocks. It
extends all iterator macros to take the bucket table and bucket
index. It also introduces a new rht_dereference_bucket() to
handle protected accesses to buckets.
It introduces a barrier() to the RCU iterators to the prevent
the compiler from caching the first element.
The lockdep verifier is introduced as stub which always succeeds
and properly implement in the next patch when the locks are
introduced.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Hash the key inside of rhashtable_lookup_compare() like
rhashtable_lookup() does. This allows to simplify the hashing
functions and keep them private.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Cc: netfilter-devel@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fixs the following kbuild test robot warning:
coccinelle warnings: (new ones prefixed by >>)
>> net/mac802154/cfg.c:53:1-3: WARNING: PTR_ERR_OR_ZERO can be used
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch handles the IEEE802154 Kconfig entry as menuconfig.
Furthermore we move this entry out of "Network Options" and put it into
"Networking" where the other networking subsystems are. This requires a
menuconfig entry like all other networking subsystems.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch renames the "af_ieee802154.c" to "socket.c". This is just a
cleanup to have a short name for it which describes the implementationm
stuff more human understandable.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch solves the following checkpatch issue:
CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "skb"
+ if (skb != NULL) {
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch puts all related socket handling into one file. This is just
a cleanup to do all socket handling stuff inside of one implementation
file.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch changes the module name of af_802154 to ieee802154_socket.
Just for keeping the name convention according to the 6LoWPAN module
ieee802154_6lowpan.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch makes the ieee802154 socket handling as module. Currently
this is part of ieee802154 module. It pointed out that ieee802154 module
has also two module_init/module_exit functions. One inside of core.c and
the other in af_ieee802154.c. This patch will also solve this issue by
handle the af_802154 as separate module.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
When the Bluetooth controllers requires an unconfigured state (for
example when the BD_ADDR is missing), then it is important to try
to register the SMP channels when the controller transitions to the
configured state.
This also fixes an issue with the debugfs entires that are not present
for controllers that start out as unconfigured.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
One of the LE Secure Connections security credentials was still using
the BT_DBG instead of SMP_DBG.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The sc_only_mode debugfs entry is used to read the current state of the
Secure Connections Only mode. Before Bluetooth 4.2 this mode was only
for BR/EDR controllers and with that tight to the support Secure Simple
Pairing. Since Secure Connections is now available for BR/EDR and LE
this debugfs entry is no longer correctly place.
Move it to the common section and enable it when either BR/EDR Secure
Connections feature is supported or when the controller has LE support.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The force_sc_support debugfs option was introduced to easily work with
pre-production Bluetooth 4.1 silicon. This option is no longer needed
since controllers supporting BR/EDR Secure Connections feature are now
available.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The force_lesc_support debugfs option never really worked. It has a race
condition between creating the debugfs entry and registering the L2CAP
fixed channel for BR/EDR SMP support.
Also this has been replaced with a working force_bredr_smp debugfs
switch that developers can use now.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Testing cross-transport pairing that starts on BR/EDR is only valid when
using a controller with BR/EDR Secure Connections. Devices will indicate
this by providing BR/EDR SMP fixed channel over L2CAP. To allow testing
of this feature on Bluetooth 4.0 controller or controllers without the
BR/EDR Secure Connections features, introduce a force_bredr_smp debugfs
option that allows faking the required AES connection.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Until now, when VLAN acceleration was in use, the bytes of the VLAN header
were not included in port or flow byte counters. They were however
included when VLAN acceleration was not used. This commit corrects the
inconsistency, by always including the VLAN header in byte counters.
Previous discussion at
http://openvswitch.org/pipermail/dev/2014-December/049521.html
Reported-by: Motonori Shindo <mshindo@vmware.com>
Signed-off-by: Ben Pfaff <blp@nicira.com>
Reviewed-by: Flavio Leitner <fbl@sysclose.org>
Acked-by: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Thomas Jarosch reported IPsec TCP stalls when a PMTU event occurs.
In fact the problem was completely unrelated to IPsec. The bug is
also reproducible if you just disable TSO/GSO.
The problem is that when the MSS goes down, existing queued packet
on the TX queue that have not been transmitted yet all look like
TSO packets and get treated as such.
This then triggers a bug where tcp_mss_split_point tells us to
generate a zero-sized packet on the TX queue. Once that happens
we're screwed because the zero-sized packet can never be removed
by ACKs.
Fixes: 1485348d24 ("tcp: Apply device TSO segment limit earlier")
Reported-by: Thomas Jarosch <thomas.jarosch@intra2net.com>
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Cheers,
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Not needed, only four cases:
- kfree_skb (or one of its aliases).
Don't need to zero, memory will be freed.
- kfree_skb_partial and head was stolen: memory will be freed.
- skb_morph: The skb header fields (including tc ones) will be
copied over from the 'to-be-morphed' skb right after
skb_release_head_state returns.
- skb_segment: Same as before, all the skb header
fields are copied over from the original skb right away.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Johan Hedberg say:
====================
pull request: bluetooth-next 2014-12-31
Here's the first batch of bluetooth patches for 3.20.
- Cleanups & fixes to ieee802154 drivers
- Fix synchronization of mgmt commands with respective HCI commands
- Add self-tests for LE pairing crypto functionality
- Remove 'BlueFritz!' specific handling from core using a new quirk flag
- Public address configuration support for ath3012
- Refactor debugfs support into a dedicated file
- Initial support for LE Data Length Extension feature from Bluetooth 4.2
Please let me know if there are any issues pulling. Thanks.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This results in an approximately 30% increase in throughput
when handling encapsulated bulk traffic.
Signed-off-by: Joe Stringer <joestringer@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: Jesse Gross <jesse@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently the only tunnel protocol that supports GRO with encapsulated
Ethernet is VXLAN. This pulls out the Ethernet code into a proper layer
so that it can be used by other tunnel protocols such as GRE and Geneve.
Signed-off-by: Jesse Gross <jesse@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This change adds a tracking value for the maximum suffix length of all
prefixes stored in any given tnode. With this value we can determine if we
need to backtrace or not based on if the suffix is greater than the pos
value.
By doing this we can reduce the CPU overhead for lookups in the local table
as many of the prefixes there are 32b long and have a suffix length of 0
meaning we can immediately backtrace to the root node without needing to
test any of the nodes between it and where we ended up.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For some reason the compiler doesn't seem to understand that when we are in
a loop that runs from tnode_child_length - 1 to 0 we don't expect the value
of tn->bits to change. As such every call to tnode_get_child was rerunning
tnode_chile_length which ended up consuming quite a bit of space in the
resultant assembly code.
I have gone though and verified that in all cases where tnode_get_child
is used we are either winding though a fixed loop from tnode_child_length -
1 to 0, or are in a fastpath case where we are verifying the value by
either checking for any remaining bits after shifting index by bits and
testing for leaf, or by using tnode_child_length.
size net/ipv4/fib_trie.o
Before:
text data bss dec hex filename
15506 376 8 15890 3e12 net/ipv4/fib_trie.o
After:
text data bss dec hex filename
14827 376 8 15211 3b6b net/ipv4/fib_trie.o
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This change pulls the node_set_parent functionality out of put_child_reorg
and instead leaves that to the function to take care of as well. By doing
this we can fully construct the new cluster of tnodes and all of the
pointers out of it before we start routing pointers into it.
I am suspecting this will likely fix some concurency issues though I don't
have a good test to show as such.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This change pushes the tnode freeing down into the inflate and halve
functions. It makes more sense here as we have a better grasp of what is
going on and when a given cluster of nodes is ready to be freed.
I believe this may address a bug in the freeing logic as well. For some
reason if the freelist got to a certain size we would call
synchronize_rcu(). I'm assuming that what they meant to do is call
synchronize_rcu() after they had handed off that much memory via
call_rcu(). As such that is what I have updated the behavior to be.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This change makes it so that the assignment of the tnode to the parent is
handled directly within whatever function is currently handling the node be
it inflate, halve, or resize. By doing this we can avoid some of the need
to set NULL pointers in the tree while we are resizing the subnodes.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This change pulls the logic for if we should inflate/halve the nodes out
into separate functions. It also addresses what I believe is a bug where 1
full node is all that is needed to keep a node from ever being halved.
Simple script to reproduce the issue:
modprobe dummy; ifconfig dummy0 up
for i in `seq 0 255`; do ifconfig dummy0:$i 10.0.${i}.1/24 up; done
ifconfig dummy0:256 10.0.255.33/16 up
for i in `seq 0 254`; do ifconfig dummy0:$i down; done
Results from /proc/net/fib_triestat
Before:
Local:
Aver depth: 3.00
Max depth: 4
Leaves: 17
Prefixes: 18
Internal nodes: 11
1: 8 2: 2 10: 1
Pointers: 1048
Null ptrs: 1021
Total size: 11 kB
After:
Local:
Aver depth: 3.41
Max depth: 5
Leaves: 17
Prefixes: 18
Internal nodes: 12
1: 8 2: 3 3: 1
Pointers: 36
Null ptrs: 8
Total size: 3 kB
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This change consists of a cut/paste of resize to behind inflate and halve
so that I could remove the two function prototypes.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This change is to start cleaning up some of the rcu_read_lock/unlock
handling. I realized while reviewing the code there are several spots that
I don't believe are being handled correctly or are masking warnings by
locally calling rcu_read_lock/unlock instead of calling them at the correct
level.
A common example is a call to fib_get_table followed by fib_table_lookup.
The rcu_read_lock/unlock ought to wrap both but there are several spots where
they were not wrapped.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This change makes it so that anything that can be shifted by, or compared
to a value shifted by bits is updated to be an unsigned long. This is
mostly a precaution against an insanely huge address space that somehow
starts coming close to the 2^32 root node size which would require
something like 1.5 billion addresses.
I chose unsigned long instead of unsigned long long since I do not believe
it is possible to allocate a 32 bit tnode on a 32 bit system as the memory
consumed would be 16GB + 28B which exceeds the addressible space for any
one process.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This change moves the pos value to the other side of the "bits" field. By
doing this it actually simplifies a significant amount of code in the trie.
For example when halving a tree we know that the bit lost exists at
oldnode->pos, and if we inflate the tree the new bit being add is at
tn->pos. Previously to find those bits you would have to subtract pos and
bits from the keylength or start with a value of (1 << 31) and then shift
that.
There are a number of spots throughout the code that benefit from this. In
the case of the hot-path searches the main advantage is that we can drop 2
or more operations from the search path as we no longer need to compute the
value for the index to be shifted by and can instead just use the raw pos
value.
In addition the tkey_extract_bits is now defunct and can be replaced by
get_index since the two operations were doing the same thing, but now
get_index does it much more quickly as it is only an xor and shift versus a
pair of shifts and a subtraction.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch updates the fib_table_insert function to take advantage of the
changes made to improve the performance of fib_table_lookup. As a result
the code should be smaller and run faster then the original.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch makes use of the same features I made use of for
fib_table_lookup to streamline fib_find_node. The resultant code should be
smaller and run faster than the original.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is meant to reduce the complexity of fib_table_lookup by reducing
the number of variables to the bare minimum while still keeping the same if
not improved functionality versus the original.
Most of this change was started off by the desire to rid the function of
chopped_off and current_prefix_length as they actually added very little to
the function since they only applied when computing the cindex. I was able
to replace them mostly with just a check for the prefix match. As long as
the prefix between the key and the node being tested was the same we know
we can search the tnode fully versus just testing cindex 0.
The second portion of the change ended up being a massive reordering.
Originally the calls to check_leaf were up near the start of the loop, and
the backtracing and descending into lower levels of tnodes was later. This
didn't make much sense as the structure of the tree means the leaves are
always the last thing to be tested. As such I reordered things so that we
instead have a loop that will delve into the tree and only exit when we
have either found a leaf or we have exhausted the tree. The advantage of
rearranging things like this is that we can fully inline check_leaf since
there is now only one reference to it in the function.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This change makes it so that leaf and tnode are the same struct. As a
result there is no need for rt_trie_node anymore since everyting can be
merged into tnode.
On 32b systems this results in the leaf being 4 bytes larger, however I
don't know if that is really an issue as this and an eariler patch that
added bits & pos have increased the size from 20 to 28. If I am not
mistaken slub/slab allocate on power of 2 sizes so 20 was likely being
rounded up to 32 anyway.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Both the leaf and the tnode had an rcu_head in them, but they had them in
slightly different places. Since we now have them in the same spot and
know that any node with bits == 0 is a leaf and the rest are either vmalloc
or kmalloc tnodes depending on the value of bits it makes it easy to combine
the functions and reduce overhead.
In addition I have taken advantage of the rcu_head pointer to go ahead and
put together a simple linked list instead of using the tnode pointer as
this way we can merge either type of structure for freeing.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This change makes some fundamental changes to the way leaves and tnodes are
constructed. The big differences are:
1. Leaves now populate pos and bits indicating their full key size.
2. Trie nodes now mask out their lower bits to be consistent with the leaf
3. Both structures have been reordered so that rt_trie_node now consisists
of a much larger region including the pos, bits, and rcu portions of
the tnode structure.
On 32b systems this will result in the leaf being 4B larger as the pos and
bits values were added to a hole created by the key as it was only 4B in
length.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The trie usage stats were currently being shared by all threads that were
calling fib_table_lookup. As a result when multiple threads were
performing lookups simultaneously the trie would begin to cache bounce
between those threads.
In order to prevent this I have updated the usage stats to use a set of
percpu variables. By doing this we should be able to avoid the cache
bouncing and still make use of these stats.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The GRE tap device supports Ethernet over GRE, but doesn't
care about the source address of the tunnel, therefore it
can be changed without bring device down.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Previously l2tp module did not provide any means for the user space to
get notified when tunnels/sessions are added/modified/deleted.
This change contains the following
- create a multicast group for the listeners to register.
- notify the registered listeners when the tunnels/sessions are
created/modified/deleted.
Signed-off-by: Bill Hong <bhong@brocade.com>
Reviewed-by: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
Reviewed-by: Sven-Thorsten Dietrich <sven@brocade.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix sparse warning:
net/tipc/link.c:1924:40: warning: Using plain integer as NULL pointer
Signed-off-by: Fabian Frederick <fabf@skynet.be>
Acked-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This reverts commit 24a0aa212e.
It's causing severe userspace breakage. Namely, all the utilities from
wireless-utils which are relying on CONFIG_WEXT (which means tools like
'iwconfig', 'iwlist', etc) are not working anymore. There is a 'iw'
utility in newer wireless-tools, which is supposed to be a replacement
for all the "deprecated" binaries, but it's far away from being
massively adopted.
Please see [1] for example of the userspace breakage this is causing.
In addition to that, Larry Finger reports [2] that this patch is also
causing ipw2200 driver being impossible to build.
To me this clearly shows that CONFIG_WEXT is far, far away from being
"deprecated enough" to be removed.
[1] http://thread.gmane.org/gmane.linux.kernel/1857010
[2] http://thread.gmane.org/gmane.linux.network/343688
Signed-off-by: Jiri Kosina <jkosina@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
1) Fix double SKB free in bluetooth 6lowpan layer, from Jukka Rissanen.
2) Fix receive checksum handling in enic driver, from Govindarajulu
Varadarajan.
3) Fix NAPI poll list corruption in virtio_net and caif_virtio, from
Herbert Xu. Also, add code to detect drivers that have this mistake
in the future.
4) Fix doorbell endianness handling in mlx4 driver, from Amir Vadai.
5) Don't clobber IP6CB() before xfrm6_policy_check() is called in TCP
input path,f rom Nicolas Dichtel.
6) Fix MPLS action validation in openvswitch, from Pravin B Shelar.
7) Fix double SKB free in vxlan driver, also from Pravin.
8) When we scrub a packet, which happens when we are switching the
context of the packet (namespace, etc.), we should reset the
secmark. From Thomas Graf.
9) ->ndo_gso_check() needs to do more than return true/false, it also
has to allow the driver to clear netdev feature bits in order for
the caller to be able to proceed properly. From Jesse Gross.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (62 commits)
genetlink: A genl_bind() to an out-of-range multicast group should not WARN().
netlink/genetlink: pass network namespace to bind/unbind
ne2k-pci: Add pci_disable_device in error handling
bonding: change error message to debug message in __bond_release_one()
genetlink: pass multicast bind/unbind to families
netlink: call unbind when releasing socket
netlink: update listeners directly when removing socket
genetlink: pass only network namespace to genl_has_listeners()
netlink: rename netlink_unbind() to netlink_undo_bind()
net: Generalize ndo_gso_check to ndo_features_check
net: incorrect use of init_completion fixup
neigh: remove next ptr from struct neigh_table
net: xilinx: Remove unnecessary temac_property in the driver
net: phy: micrel: use generic config_init for KSZ8021/KSZ8031
net/core: Handle csum for CHECKSUM_COMPLETE VXLAN forwarding
openvswitch: fix odd_ptr_err.cocci warnings
Bluetooth: Fix accepting connections when not using mgmt
Bluetooth: Fix controller configuration with HCI_QUIRK_INVALID_BDADDR
brcmfmac: Do not crash if platform data is not populated
ipw2200: select CFG80211_WEXT
...
After successful completion of the ECDH test cases, print the time it
took to run them.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
After successful completion of the SMP test cases, print the time it
took to run them.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
This patch adds SMP self-tests for the Secure Connections crypto
functions. The sample data has been taken from the core specification.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds self-tests for legacy SMP crypto functions. The sample
data has been taken from the core specification.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds the initial skeleton and kernel config option for SMP
self-tests.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds the test cases for ECDH cryptographic functionality
used by Bluetooth Low Energy Secure Connections feature.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This add support for the Bluetooth self testing framework that allows
running certain test cases of sample data to ensure correctness of its
basic functionality.
With this patch only the basic framework will be added. It contains
the build magic that allows running this at module loading time or
at late_initcall stage when built into the kernel image.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
These SMP crypto functions should have all their input parameters
declared as const. This patch fixes the parameters that were missing the
const declaration.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Users can request to bind to arbitrary multicast groups, so warning
when the requested group number is out of range is not appropriate.
And with the warning removed, and the 'err' variable properly given
an initial value, we can remove 'found' altogether.
Reported-by: Sedat Dilek <sedat.dilek@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Netlink families can exist in multiple namespaces, and for the most
part multicast subscriptions are per network namespace. Thus it only
makes sense to have bind/unbind notifications per network namespace.
To achieve this, pass the network namespace of a given client socket
to the bind/unbind functions.
Also do this in generic netlink, and there also make sure that any
bind for multicast groups that only exist in init_net is rejected.
This isn't really a problem if it is accepted since a client in a
different namespace will never receive any notifications from such
a group, but it can confuse the family if not rejected (it's also
possible to silently (without telling the family) accept it, but it
would also have to be ignored on unbind so families that take any
kind of action on bind/unbind won't do unnecessary work for invalid
clients like that.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In order to make the newly fixed multicast bind/unbind
functionality in generic netlink, pass them down to the
appropriate family.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, netlink_unbind() is only called when the socket
explicitly unbinds, which limits its usefulness (luckily
there are no users of it yet anyway.)
Call netlink_unbind() also when a socket is released, so it
becomes possible to track listeners with this callback and
without also implementing a netlink notifier (and checking
netlink_has_listeners() in there.)
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The code is now confusing to read - first in one function down
(netlink_remove) any group subscriptions are implicitly removed
by calling __sk_del_bind_node(), but the subscriber database is
only updated far later by calling netlink_update_listeners().
Move the latter call to just after removal from the list so it
is easier to follow the code.
This also enables moving the locking inside the kernel-socket
conditional, which improves the normal socket destruction path.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There's no point to force the caller to know about the internal
genl_sock to use inside struct net, just have them pass the network
namespace. This doesn't really change code generation since it's
an inline, but makes the caller less magic - there's never any
reason to pass another socket.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The new name is more expressive - this isn't a generic unbind
function but rather only a little undo helper for use only in
netlink_bind().
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Johan Hedberg says:
====================
Here's one more bluetooth pull request for 3.19. We've got two fixes:
- Fix for accepting connections with old user space versions of BlueZ
- Fix for Bluetooth controllers that don't have a public address
Both of these are regressions that were introduced in 3.17, so the
appropriate Cc: stable annotations are provided.
Please let me know if there are any issues pulling. Thanks.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
GSO isn't the only offload feature with restrictions that
potentially can't be expressed with the current features mechanism.
Checksum is another although it's a general issue that could in
theory apply to anything. Even if it may be possible to
implement these restrictions in other ways, it can result in
duplicate code or inefficient per-packet behavior.
This generalizes ndo_gso_check so that drivers can remove any
features that don't make sense for a given packet, similar to
netif_skb_features(). It also converts existing driver
restrictions to the new format, completing the work that was
done to support tunnel protocols since the issues apply to
checksums as well.
By actually removing features from the set that are used to do
offloading, it solves another problem with the existing
interface. In these cases, GSO would run with the original set
of features and not do anything because it appears that
segmentation is not required.
CC: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
CC: Joe Stringer <joestringer@nicira.com>
CC: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
CC: Hayes Wang <hayeswang@realtek.com>
Signed-off-by: Jesse Gross <jesse@nicira.com>
Acked-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Fixes: 04ffcb255f ("net: Add ndo_gso_check")
Tested-by: Hayes Wang <hayeswang@realtek.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When using VXLAN tunnels and a sky2 device, I have experienced
checksum failures of the following type:
[ 4297.761899] eth0: hw csum failure
[...]
[ 4297.765223] Call Trace:
[ 4297.765224] <IRQ> [<ffffffff8172f026>] dump_stack+0x46/0x58
[ 4297.765235] [<ffffffff8162ba52>] netdev_rx_csum_fault+0x42/0x50
[ 4297.765238] [<ffffffff8161c1a0>] ? skb_push+0x40/0x40
[ 4297.765240] [<ffffffff8162325c>] __skb_checksum_complete+0xbc/0xd0
[ 4297.765243] [<ffffffff8168c602>] tcp_v4_rcv+0x2e2/0x950
[ 4297.765246] [<ffffffff81666ca0>] ? ip_rcv_finish+0x360/0x360
These are reliably reproduced in a network topology of:
container:eth0 == host(OVS VXLAN on VLAN) == bond0 == eth0 (sky2) -> switch
When VXLAN encapsulated traffic is received from a similarly
configured peer, the above warning is generated in the receive
processing of the encapsulated packet. Note that the warning is
associated with the container eth0.
The skbs from sky2 have ip_summed set to CHECKSUM_COMPLETE, and
because the packet is an encapsulated Ethernet frame, the checksum
generated by the hardware includes the inner protocol and Ethernet
headers.
The receive code is careful to update the skb->csum, except in
__dev_forward_skb, as called by dev_forward_skb. __dev_forward_skb
calls eth_type_trans, which in turn calls skb_pull_inline(skb, ETH_HLEN)
to skip over the Ethernet header, but does not update skb->csum when
doing so.
This patch resolves the problem by adding a call to
skb_postpull_rcsum to update the skb->csum after the call to
eth_type_trans.
Signed-off-by: Jay Vosburgh <jay.vosburgh@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The AVM BlueFritz! USB controllers had a special handling in the
Bluetooth core when it comes to reading the supported commands.
Both drivers now set the HCI_QUIRK_BROKEN_LOCAL_COMMANDS and with
that it is no longer needed to look for vendor specific details.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
net/openvswitch/vport-gre.c:188:5-11: inconsistent IS_ERR and PTR_ERR, PTR_ERR on line 189
PTR_ERR should access the value just tested by IS_ERR
Semantic patch information:
There can be false positives in the patch case, where it is the call
IS_ERR that is wrong.
Generated by: scripts/coccinelle/tests/odd_ptr_err.cocci
CC: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: Fengguang Wu <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Acked-by: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When connectable mode is enabled (page scan on) through some non-mgmt
method the HCI_CONNECTABLE flag will not be set. For backwards
compatibility with user space versions not using mgmt we should not
require HCI_CONNECTABLE to be set if HCI_MGMT is not set.
Reported-by: Pali Rohár <pali.rohar@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Pali Rohár <pali.rohar@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org # 3.17+
When controllers set the HCI_QUIRK_INVALID_BDADDR flag, it is required
by userspace to program a valid public Bluetooth device address into
the controller before it can be used.
After successful address configuration, the internal state changes and
the controller runs the complete initialization procedure. However one
small difference is that this is no longer the HCI_SETUP stage. The
HCI_SETUP stage is only valid during initial controller setup. In this
case the stack runs the initialization as part of the HCI_CONFIG stage.
The controller version information, default name and supported commands
are only stored during HCI_SETUP. While these information are static,
they are not read initially when HCI_QUIRK_INVALID_BDADDR is set. So
when running in HCI_CONFIG state, these information need to be updated
as well.
This especially impacts Bluetooth 4.1 and later controllers using
extended feature pages and second event mask page.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org # 3.17+
skb_scrub_packet() is called when a packet switches between a context
such as between underlay and overlay, between namespaces, or between
L3 subnets.
While we already scrub the packet mark, connection tracking entry,
and cached destination, the security mark/context is left intact.
It seems wrong to inherit the security context of a packet when going
from overlay to underlay or across forwarding paths.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Acked-by: Flavio Leitner <fbl@sysclose.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When vlan tags are stacked, it is very likely that the outer tag is stored
in skb->vlan_tci and skb->protocol shows the inner tag's vlan_proto.
Currently netif_skb_features() first looks at skb->protocol even if there
is the outer tag in vlan_tci, thus it incorrectly retrieves the protocol
encapsulated by the inner vlan instead of the inner vlan protocol.
This allows GSO packets to be passed to HW and they end up being
corrupted.
Fixes: 58e998c6d2 ("offloading: Force software GSO for multiple vlan tags.")
Signed-off-by: Toshiaki Makita <makita.toshiaki@lab.ntt.co.jp>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Today vport-send has complex error handling because it involves
freeing skb and updating stats depending on return value from
vport send implementation.
This can be simplified by delegating responsibility of freeing
skb to the vport implementation for all cases. So that
vport-send needs just update stats.
Fixes: 91b7514cdf ("openvswitch: Unify vport error stats
handling")
Signed-off-by: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
MPLS GSO needs to know inner most protocol to process GSO packets.
Fixes: 25cd9ba0ab ("openvswitch: Add basic MPLS support to
kernel").
Signed-off-by: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Linux stack does not implement GSO for packet with multiple
encapsulations. Therefore there was check in MPLS action
validation to detect such case, But this check introduced
bug which deleted one or more actions from actions list.
Following patch removes this check to fix the validation.
Fixes: 25cd9ba0ab ("openvswitch: Add basic MPLS support to
kernel").
Signed-off-by: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@nicira.com>
Reported-by: Srinivas Neginhal <sneginha@vmware.com>
Acked-by: Jarno Rajahalme <jrajahalme@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
MPLS and Tunnel GSO does not work together. Reject packet which
request such GSO.
Fixes: 0d89d2035f ("MPLS: Add limited GSO support").
Signed-off-by: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes MPLS GSO for case when mpls is compiled as kernel module.
Fixes: 0d89d2035f ("MPLS: Add limited GSO support").
Signed-off-by: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch rearranges the loop in net_rx_action to reduce the
amount of jumping back and forth when reading the code.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We should only perform the softnet_break check after we have polled
at least one device in net_rx_action. Otherwise a zero or negative
setting of netdev_budget can lock up the whole system.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The commit d75b1ade56 (net: less
interrupt masking in NAPI) required drivers to leave poll_list
empty if the entire budget is consumed.
We have already had two broken drivers so let's add a check for
this.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch creates a new function napi_poll and moves the napi
polling code from net_rx_action into it.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Gateway having bandwidth_down equal to zero are not accepted
at all and so never added to the Gateway list.
For this reason checking the bandwidth_down member in
batadv_gw_out_of_range() is useless.
This is probably a copy/paste error and this check was supposed
to be "!gw_node" only. Moreover, the way the check is written
now may also lead to a NULL dereference.
Fix this by rewriting the if-condition properly.
Introduced by 414254e342
("batman-adv: tvlv - gateway download/upload bandwidth container")
Signed-off-by: Antonio Quartulli <antonio@meshcoding.com>
Reported-by: David Binderman <dcb314@hotmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marek Lindner <mareklindner@neomailbox.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The fragmentation code was replaced in 610bfc6bc9
("batman-adv: Receive fragmented packets and merge") by an implementation which
can handle up to 16 fragments of a packet. The packet is prepared for the split
in fragments by the function batadv_frag_send_packet and the actual split is
done by batadv_frag_create.
Both functions calculate the size of a fragment themself. But their calculation
differs because batadv_frag_send_packet also subtracts ETH_HLEN. Therefore,
the check in batadv_frag_send_packet "can a full fragment can be created?" may
return true even when batadv_frag_create cannot create a full fragment.
The function batadv_frag_create doesn't check the size of the skb before
splitting it and therefore might try to create a larger fragment than the
remaining buffer. This creates an integer underflow and an invalid len is given
to skb_split.
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The fragmentation code was replaced in 610bfc6bc9
("batman-adv: Receive fragmented packets and merge"). The new code provided a
mostly unused parameter skb for the merging function. It is used inside the
function to calculate the additionally needed skb tailroom. But instead of
increasing its own tailroom, it is only increasing the tailroom of the first
queued skb. This is not correct in some situations because the first queued
entry can be a different one than the parameter.
An observed problem was:
1. packet with size 104, total_size 1464, fragno 1 was received
- packet is queued
2. packet with size 1400, total_size 1464, fragno 0 was received
- packet is queued at the end of the list
3. enough data was received and can be given to the merge function
(1464 == (1400 - 20) + (104 - 20))
- merge functions gets 1400 byte large packet as skb argument
4. merge function gets first entry in queue (104 byte)
- stored as skb_out
5. merge function calculates the required extra tail as total_size - skb->len
- pskb_expand_head tail of skb_out with 64 bytes
6. merge function tries to squeeze the extra 1380 bytes from the second queued
skb (1400 byte aka skb parameter) in the 64 extra tail bytes of skb_out
Instead calculate the extra required tail bytes for skb_out also using skb_out
instead of using the parameter skb. The skb parameter is only used to get the
total_size from the last received packet. This is also the total_size used to
decide that all fragments were received.
Reported-by: Philipp Psurek <philipp.psurek@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
Acked-by: Martin Hundebøll <martin@hundeboll.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit cecda693a9 ("net: keep original skb
which only needs header checking during software GSO") keeps the original
skb for packets that only needs header check, but it doesn't drop the
packet if software segmentation or header check were failed.
Fixes cecda693a9 ("net: keep original skb which only needs header checking during software GSO")
Cc: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Wang <jasowang@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make sure this fetches 16-bits port data from the register.
Remove casting to make sparse happy, not needed anymore.
Signed-off-by: leroy christophe <christophe.leroy@c-s.fr>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
sizeof(char) is always 1.
Suggested-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: Fabian Frederick <fabf@skynet.be>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Invert logic in test to use continue.
This routine already uses continue, use it a bit more to
minimize > 80 column long lines and unnecessary indentation.
No change in compiled object file.
Other miscellanea:
o Remove trailing whitespace
o Realign arguments to multiline statement
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Acked-by: Evgeniy Polyakov <zbr@ioremap.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Manually bumping either nf_conntrack_buckets or nf_conntrack_max has
become a common task as our Linux servers tend to serve more and more
clients/applications, so let's adjust nf_conntrack_buckets this to a
more updated value.
Now for systems with more than 4GB of memory, nf_conntrack_buckets
becomes 65536 instead of 16384, resulting in nf_conntrack_max=256k
entries.
Signed-off-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <mleitner@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
dot11MulticastTransmittedFrameCount should be updated according
to the DA, which might be different from A1. Checking A1 results
in the counter being 0 in case of station, as to-DS data frames
use A1 for the BSSID.
This behaviour is defined in state machines, specifically in the
sta_tx_dcf_3.1d(10) description of 802.11-2012.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
[rewrite commit message]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When xfrm6_policy_check() is used, _decode_session6() is called after some
intermediate functions. This function uses IP6CB(), thus TCP_SKB_CB() must be
prepared after the call of xfrm6_policy_check().
Before this patch, scenarii with IPv6 + TCP + IPsec Transport are broken.
Fixes: 971f10eca1 ("tcp: better TCP_SKB_CB layout to reduce cache line misses")
Reported-by: Huaibin Wang <huaibin.wang@6wind.com>
Suggested-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make TPACKET_V3 signal poll when block is closed rather than for every
packet. Side effect is that poll will be signaled when block retire
timer expires which didn't previously happen. Issue was visible when
sending packets at a very low frequency such that all blocks are retired
before packets are received by TPACKET_V3. This caused avoidable packet
loss. The fix ensures that the signal is sent when blocks are closed
which covers the normal path where the block is filled as well as the
path where the timer expires. The case where a block is filled without
moving to the next block (ie. all blocks are full) will still cause poll
to be signaled.
Signed-off-by: Dan Collins <dan@dcollins.co.nz>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The RFCOMM_PSM constant is actually a duplicate. So remove it and
use the L2CAP_PSM_RFCOMM constant instead.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
For every internal representation of a Bluetooth connection which is
identified by hci_conn, create a debugfs directory with the handle
number as directory name.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
When the controller supports the LE Data Length Extension feature, the
default and maximum data length are read and now stored.
For backwards compatibility all values are initialized to the data
length values from Bluetooth 4.1 and earlier specifications.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
When the controller supports the new LE Data Length Extension feature
from Bluetooth 4.2 specification, enable the new events and read the
values for default and maxmimum data length supported by the controller.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
This patch moves the creation of the debugs files for LE controllers
into hci_debugfs.c file.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
This patch moves the creation of the debugs files for BR/EDR controllers
into hci_debugfs.c file.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
This patch moves the creation of the debugs files common for all
controllers into hci_debugfs.c file.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The debugfs file creation has been part of the core initialization
handling of controllers. With the introduction of Bluetooth 4.2 core
specification, the number of debugfs files is increasing even further.
To avoid cluttering the core controller handling, create a separate
file hci_debugfs.c to centralize all debugfs file creation. For now
leave the current files in the core, but in the future all debugfs
file creation will be moved.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Every BR/EDR/LE dual-mode controller requires to have a public address
and so far that has become the identity address and own address. The
only way to change that behavior was with a force_static_address
debugfs option.
However the host can actually disable the BR/EDR part of a dual-mode
controller and turn into a single mode LE controller. In that case
it makes perfect sense for a host to use a chosen static address
instead of the public address.
So if the host disables BR/EDR and configures a static address, then
that static address is used as identity address and own address. If
the host does not configure a static address, then the public address
is used as before.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Pull vfs pile #3 from Al Viro:
"Assorted fixes and patches from the last cycle"
* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/viro/vfs:
[regression] chunk lost from bd9b51
vfs: make mounts and mountstats honor root dir like mountinfo does
vfs: cleanup show_mountinfo
init: fix read-write root mount
unfuck binfmt_misc.c (broken by commit e6084d4)
vm_area_operations: kill ->migrate()
new helper: iter_is_iovec()
move_extent_per_page(): get rid of unused w_flags
lustre: get rid of playing with ->fs
btrfs: filp_open() returns ERR_PTR() on failure, not NULL...
This patch moves the handling for checking on multiple node type
interface to the corresponding concurrent iface check function.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds a check for concurrent interfaces while calling
interface up. This avoids to have different mac parameters on one phy.
Otherwise it could be that a interface can overwrite current phy mac
settings which is set by an another interface.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This is a left-over from the patch that created hci_request.c. The
hci_update_page_scan functions should have been moved from hci_core.c
there.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The cmd_complete callbacks for pending mgmt commands may fail e.g. in
the case of memory allocation. Previously this error would be caught and
returned to user space in the form of a failed write on the mgmt socket
(when the error happened in the mgmt command handler) but with the
introduction of the generic cmd_complete callback this information was
lost. This patch returns the feature by making cmd_complete callbacks
return int instead of void.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch updates the Add Device mgmt command handler to use a
hci_request to wait for HCI command completion before notifying user
space of the mgmt command completion. To do this we need to add an extra
hci_request parameter to the hci_conn_params_set function. Since this
function has no other users besides mgmt.c it's moved there as a static
function.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch updates the Remove Device mgmt command handler to use a
hci_request to wait for HCI command completion before notifying user
space of the mgmt command completion. This way we ensure that once the
mgmt command returns all HCI commands triggered by it have also
completed.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Many places using hci_update_background_scan() try to synchronize
whatever they're doing with the help of hci_request callbacks. However,
since the hci_update_background_scan() function hasn't so far accepted a
hci_request pointer any commands triggered by it have been left out by
the synchronization. This patch modifies the API in a similar way as was
done for hci_update_page_scan, i.e. there's a variant that takes a
hci_request and another one that takes a hci_dev.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
On minstrel_ht, the size of the per-sta struct is almost 18k, making it
an order-3 allocation.
A few fields inside the per-rate statistics are bigger than they need to
be. This patch reduces the size enough to cut down the per-sta struct to
about 13k (order-2 allocation).
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
... rather than relying on ciptool(8) never passing it anything else. Give
it e.g. an AF_UNIX connected socket (from socketpair(2)) and it'll oops,
trying to evaluate &l2cap_pi(sock->sk)->chan->dst...
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
it's OK after we'd verified the sockets, but not before that.
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
If we need to drop the message because of some error in the
compression etc, then do not free the skb as that is done
automatically in other part of networking stack.
Signed-off-by: Jukka Rissanen <jukka.rissanen@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
None of the hci_request related things in net/bluetooth/hci_core.h are
needed anywhere outside of the core bluetooth module. This patch creates
a new net/bluetooth/hci_request.c file with its corresponding h-file and
moves the functionality there from hci_core.c and hci_core.h.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
To keep the parameter list and its semantics clear it makes sense to
split the hci_update_page_scan function into two separate functions: one
taking a hci_dev and another taking a hci_request. The one taking a
hci_dev constructs its own hci_request and then calls the other
function.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
1) Fix NBMA tunnel mac header handling in GRE, from Timo Teräs.
2) Fix a NAPI race in the fec driver, from Nimrod Andy.
3) The new IFF_VNET_LE bit is outside the size of the flags member it
is stored in (which is 16-bits), store the state locally in the
drivers. From Michael S Tsirkin.
4) We are kicking the tires with the new wireless maintainership
situation. Bluetooth fixes via Johan Hedberg, and mac80211 fixes
from Johannes Berg.
5) Fix locking and leaks in geneve driver, from Jesse Gross.
6) Make netlink TX mmap code always copy, so we don't have to be
potentially exposed to the user changing the underlying contents
from underneath us.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (63 commits)
be2net: Fix incorrect setting of tunnel offload flag in netdev features
bnx2x: fix typos in "configure"
xen-netback: support frontends without feature-rx-notify again
MAINTAINERS: changes for wireless
cxgb4: Fix decoding QSA module for ethtool get settings
geneve: Fix races between socket add and release.
geneve: Remove socket and offload handlers at destruction.
netlink: Don't reorder loads/stores before marking mmap netlink frame as available
netlink: Always copy on mmap TX.
Bluetooth: Fix bug with filter in service discovery optimization
mac80211: free management frame keys when removing station
net: Disallow providing non zero VLAN ID for NIC drivers FDB add flow
net/mlx4: Cache line CQE/EQE stride fixes
net: fec: Fix NAPI race
xen-netfront: use napi_complete() correctly to prevent Rx stalling
ip_tunnel: Add missing validation of encap type to ip_tunnel_encap_setup()
ip_tunnel: Add sanity checks to ip_tunnel_encap_add_ops()
net: Allow FIXED_PHY to be modular.
if_tun: drop broken IFF_VNET_LE
macvtap: drop broken IFF_VNET_LE
...
This patch adds support for setting cca parameters via nl802154.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The current cca setting handle is a driver specific call. We need to
introduce some 802.15.4 specific layer and mapping 802.15.4 cca modes to
driver specific ones inside the 802.15.4 driver. This patch will add
such 802.15.4 layer and mapping the cca settings to driver specific ones.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
that were broken a long time ago (the management key issue) but not
noticed yet, to small issues that were only introduced into 3.19
(like the multicast issue). At least one issue is old but can crash
the kernel based on invalid userspace requests (the nl80211 matches
array one.)
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=iSDP
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-for-davem-2014-12-18' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211
Johannes Berg says:
====================
pull-request: mac80211 2014-12-18
Also from me a first pull request - we have a number of really old
issues that happened to crop up now with new work (or just more testing)
in the right areas as well as some small bugs newly introduced in 3.19.
Let me know if there are any problems.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Johan Hedberg says:
====================
pull request: bluetooth 2014-12-17
Here's the first direct (i.e. skipping the wireless tree) bluetooth pull
request for you, intended for 3.19. It's just one patch: a fix from
Marcel for for remote service discovery filtering which also fixes a
'used uninitialized' compiler warning.
Please let me know if there are any issues pulling. Thanks.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Simon Horman says:
====================
Second round of IPVS Updates for v3.19
please consider these IPVS updates for v3.19 or alternatively v3.20.
The single patch in this series fixes a long standing bug that
has not caused any trouble and thus is not being prioritised as a fix.
====================
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Currently, searching for a socket to add a reference to is not
synchronized with deletion of sockets. This can result in use
after free if there is another operation that is removing a
socket at the same time. Solving this requires both holding the
appropriate lock and checking the refcount to ensure that it
has not already hit zero.
Inspired by a related (but not exactly the same) issue in the
VXLAN driver.
Fixes: 0b5e8b8e ("net: Add Geneve tunneling protocol driver")
CC: Andy Zhou <azhou@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: Jesse Gross <jesse@nicira.com>
Acked-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Sockets aren't currently removed from the the global list when
they are destroyed. In addition, offload handlers need to be cleaned
up as well.
Fixes: 0b5e8b8e ("net: Add Geneve tunneling protocol driver")
CC: Andy Zhou <azhou@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: Jesse Gross <jesse@nicira.com>
Acked-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Each mmap Netlink frame contains a status field which indicates
whether the frame is unused, reserved, contains data or needs to
be skipped. Both loads and stores may not be reordeded and must
complete before the status field is changed and another CPU might
pick up the frame for use. Use an smp_mb() to cover needs of both
types of callers to netlink_set_status(), callers which have been
reading data frame from the frame, and callers which have been
filling or releasing and thus writing to the frame.
- Example code path requiring a smp_rmb():
memcpy(skb->data, (void *)hdr + NL_MMAP_HDRLEN, hdr->nm_len);
netlink_set_status(hdr, NL_MMAP_STATUS_UNUSED);
- Example code path requiring a smp_wmb():
hdr->nm_uid = from_kuid(sk_user_ns(sk), NETLINK_CB(skb).creds.uid);
hdr->nm_gid = from_kgid(sk_user_ns(sk), NETLINK_CB(skb).creds.gid);
netlink_frame_flush_dcache(hdr);
netlink_set_status(hdr, NL_MMAP_STATUS_VALID);
Fixes: f9c228 ("netlink: implement memory mapped recvmsg()")
Reported-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Checking the file f_count and the nlk->mapped count is not completely
sufficient to prevent the mmap'd area contents from changing from
under us during netlink mmap sendmsg() operations.
Be careful to sample the header's length field only once, because this
could change from under us as well.
Fixes: 5fd96123ee ("netlink: implement memory mapped sendmsg()")
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
An attribute NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER can be set by the scan initiator.
If present, the attribute will cause the scan to be stopped if the client
dies.
Signed-off-by: Jukka Rissanen <jukka.rissanen@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Because of possible races when accessing sched_scan_req pointer in
rdev, the sched_scan_req is converted to RCU pointer.
Signed-off-by: Jukka Rissanen <jukka.rissanen@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Pull ceph updates from Sage Weil:
"The big item here is support for inline data for CephFS and for
message signatures from Zheng. There are also several bug fixes,
including interrupted flock request handling, 0-length xattrs, mksnap,
cached readdir results, and a message version compat field. Finally
there are several cleanups from Ilya, Dan, and Markus.
Note that there is another series coming soon that fixes some bugs in
the RBD 'lingering' requests, but it isn't quite ready yet"
* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/sage/ceph-client: (27 commits)
ceph: fix setting empty extended attribute
ceph: fix mksnap crash
ceph: do_sync is never initialized
libceph: fixup includes in pagelist.h
ceph: support inline data feature
ceph: flush inline version
ceph: convert inline data to normal data before data write
ceph: sync read inline data
ceph: fetch inline data when getting Fcr cap refs
ceph: use getattr request to fetch inline data
ceph: add inline data to pagecache
ceph: parse inline data in MClientReply and MClientCaps
libceph: specify position of extent operation
libceph: add CREATE osd operation support
libceph: add SETXATTR/CMPXATTR osd operations support
rbd: don't treat CEPH_OSD_OP_DELETE as extent op
ceph: remove unused stringification macros
libceph: require cephx message signature by default
ceph: introduce global empty snap context
ceph: message versioning fixes
...
The optimization for filtering out extended inquiry results, advertising
reports or scan response data based on provided UUID list has a logic
bug. In case no match is found in the advertising data, the scan
response is ignored and not checked against the filter. This will lead
to events being filtered wrongly.
Change the code to actually only drop the events when the scan response
data is not present. If it is present, it needs to be checked against
the provided filter.
The patch is a bit more complex than it needs to be. That is because
it also fixes this compiler warning that some gcc versions produce.
CC net/bluetooth/mgmt.o
net/bluetooth/mgmt.c: In function ‘mgmt_device_found’:
net/bluetooth/mgmt.c:7028:7: warning: ‘match’ may be used uninitialized in this function [-Wmaybe-uninitialized]
bool match;
^
It seems that gcc can not clearly figure out the context of the match
variable. So just change the branches for the extended inquiry response
and advertising data around so that it is clear.
Reported-by: Geert Uytterhoeven <geert@linux-m68k.org>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
allow specifying position of extent operation in multi-operations
osd request. This is required for cephfs to convert inline data to
normal data (compare xattr, then write object).
Signed-off-by: Yan, Zheng <zyan@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilya Dryomov <idryomov@redhat.com>
Add CEPH_OSD_OP_CREATE support. Also change libceph to not treat
CEPH_OSD_OP_DELETE as an extent op and add an assert to that end.
Signed-off-by: Yan, Zheng <zyan@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilya Dryomov <idryomov@redhat.com>
Session key is required when calculating message signature. Save the session
key in authorizer, this avoid lookup ticket handler for each message
Signed-off-by: Yan, Zheng <zyan@redhat.com>
Use kvfree() from linux/mm.h instead, which is identical. Also fix the
ceph_buffer comment: we will allocate with kmalloc() up to 32k - the
value of PAGE_ALLOC_COSTLY_ORDER, but that really is just an
implementation detail so don't mention it at all.
Signed-off-by: Ilya Dryomov <idryomov@redhat.com>
If there are no interfaces up, there is no reason
to continue the reconfig flow.
The current code might end up calling driver
callbacks (e.g. resume(), reconfig_complete())
while the driver is already stopped.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliadx.peller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The ht_oper variable is assigned a value, but never used in
ieee80211_parse_ch_switch_ie(). Remove it.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Commit e1a0c6b ("mac80211: stop toggling IEEE80211_HT_CAP_SUP_WIDTH_20_40")
mistakenly removed the actual update of sta->sta.bandwidth.
Refactor ieee80211_sta_cur_vht_bw() into multiple functions
(calculate caps-bw and chandef-bw separately, and min them
with cur_max_bandwidth).
On ht chanwidth action frame set only cur_max_bandwidth
(according to the sta capabilities) and recalc the sta bw.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliadx.peller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In beacons, handle the Country IE even if no Power Constraint IE
is present, and, capability wise, also in case that the Radio
Measurements capability is enabled.
In cases where the Country IE should be handled and that the
Power Constraint IE is not present, the Country IE alone will
set the power limit (and not both Country and Power Constraint
IEs).
Signed-off-by: Moshe Benji <moshe.benji@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
HT override configurations was ignored when choosing the channel
(until now, the override configuration affected only the
capabilities shown in the IEs).
The override configurations received only on association time,
so in this case we should determine the channel again.
Signed-off-by: Chaya Rachel Ivgi <chaya.rachel.ivgi@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When writing the code to allow per-station GTKs, I neglected to
take into account the management frame keys (index 4 and 5) when
freeing the station and only added code to free the first four
data frame keys.
Fix this by iterating the array of keys over the right length.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Fixes: e31b82136d ("cfg80211/mac80211: allow per-station GTKs")
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The custom-reg handling function can currently only add flags to a given
channel. This results in stale flags being left applied. In some cases
a channel was disabled and even the orig_flags were changed to reflect
this.
Previously the API was designed for a single invocation before wiphy
registration, so this didn't matter. The previous approach doesn't scale
well to self-managed regulatory devices, particularly when a more
permissive regdom is applied after a restrictive one.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If a device has self-managed regulatory, insist on returning the wiphy
specific regdomain if a wiphy-idx is specified. The global regdomain is
meaningless for such devices.
Also add an attribute for self-managed devices, so usermode can
distinguish them as such.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@suse.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add a new regulatory flag that allows a driver to manage regdomain
changes/updates for its own wiphy.
A self-managed wiphys only employs regulatory information obtained from
the FW and driver and does not use other cfg80211 sources like
beacon-hints, country-code IEs and hints from other devices on the same
system. Conversely, a self-managed wiphy does not share its regulatory
hints with other devices in the system. If a system contains several
devices, one or more of which are self-managed, there might be
contradictory regulatory settings between them. Usage of flag is
generally discouraged. Only use it if the FW/driver is incompatible
with non-locally originated hints.
A new API lets the driver send a complete regdomain, to be applied on
its wiphy only.
After a wiphy-specific regdomain change takes place, usermode will get
a new type of change notification. The regulatory core also takes care
enforce regulatory restrictions, in case some interfaces are on
forbidden channels.
Signed-off-by: Jonathan Doron <jonathanx.doron@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@suse.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If a wiphy-idx is specified, the kernel will return the wiphy specific
regdomain, if such exists. Otherwise return the global regdom.
When no wiphy-idx is specified, return the global regdomain as well as
all wiphy-specific regulatory domains in the system, via a new nested
list of attributes.
Add a new attribute for each wiphy-specific regdomain, for usermode to
identify it as such.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Instead of sending peer candidate events just once, send them as long
as the peer remains in the LISTEN state in the peering state machine,
when userspace is implementing the peering manager.
Userspace may silence the events from a peer by progressing the state
machine or by setting the link state to BLOCKED.
Fixes the problem that a mesh peering process won't be fired again after
the previous first peering trial fails due to like air propagation error
if the peering is managed by user space such as wpa_supplicant.
This patch works with another patch for wpa_supplicant described here
which fires a peering process again triggered by the notice from kernel.
http://lists.shmoo.com/pipermail/hostap/2014-November/031235.html
Signed-off-by: Kenzoh Nishikawa <Kenzoh.Nishikawa@jp.sony.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The call to cfg80211_ch_switch_notify() should be at the end of the
ieee80211_chswitch_post_beacon() function, because it should only be
sent if everything succeeded.
Fixes: d04b5ac9e7 ("cfg80211/mac80211: allow any interface to send channel switch notifications")
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When using IBSS in HT mode, we always get NSS=1
in rc_update callback. Force NSS recalculation when
rates updated and notify driver that NSS changed.
Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Pull vfs pile #2 from Al Viro:
"Next pile (and there'll be one or two more).
The large piece in this one is getting rid of /proc/*/ns/* weirdness;
among other things, it allows to (finally) make nameidata completely
opaque outside of fs/namei.c, making for easier further cleanups in
there"
* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/viro/vfs:
coda_venus_readdir(): use file_inode()
fs/namei.c: fold link_path_walk() call into path_init()
path_init(): don't bother with LOOKUP_PARENT in argument
fs/namei.c: new helper (path_cleanup())
path_init(): store the "base" pointer to file in nameidata itself
make default ->i_fop have ->open() fail with ENXIO
make nameidata completely opaque outside of fs/namei.c
kill proc_ns completely
take the targets of /proc/*/ns/* symlinks to separate fs
bury struct proc_ns in fs/proc
copy address of proc_ns_ops into ns_common
new helpers: ns_alloc_inum/ns_free_inum
make proc_ns_operations work with struct ns_common * instead of void *
switch the rest of proc_ns_operations to working with &...->ns
netns: switch ->get()/->put()/->install()/->inum() to working with &net->ns
make mntns ->get()/->put()/->install()/->inum() work with &mnt_ns->ns
common object embedded into various struct ....ns
Pull nfsd updates from Bruce Fields:
"A comparatively quieter cycle for nfsd this time, but still with two
larger changes:
- RPC server scalability improvements from Jeff Layton (using RCU
instead of a spinlock to find idle threads).
- server-side NFSv4.2 ALLOCATE/DEALLOCATE support from Anna
Schumaker, enabling fallocate on new clients"
* 'for-3.19' of git://linux-nfs.org/~bfields/linux: (32 commits)
nfsd4: fix xdr4 count of server in fs_location4
nfsd4: fix xdr4 inclusion of escaped char
sunrpc/cache: convert to use string_escape_str()
sunrpc: only call test_bit once in svc_xprt_received
fs: nfsd: Fix signedness bug in compare_blob
sunrpc: add some tracepoints around enqueue and dequeue of svc_xprt
sunrpc: convert to lockless lookup of queued server threads
sunrpc: fix potential races in pool_stats collection
sunrpc: add a rcu_head to svc_rqst and use kfree_rcu to free it
sunrpc: require svc_create callers to pass in meaningful shutdown routine
sunrpc: have svc_wake_up only deal with pool 0
sunrpc: convert sp_task_pending flag to use atomic bitops
sunrpc: move rq_cachetype field to better optimize space
sunrpc: move rq_splice_ok flag into rq_flags
sunrpc: move rq_dropme flag into rq_flags
sunrpc: move rq_usedeferral flag to rq_flags
sunrpc: move rq_local field to rq_flags
sunrpc: add a generic rq_flags field to svc_rqst and move rq_secure to it
nfsd: minor off by one checks in __write_versions()
sunrpc: release svc_pool_map reference when serv allocation fails
...
The current implementations all use dev_uc_add_excl() and such whose API
doesn't support vlans, so we can't make it with NICs HW for now.
Fixes: f6f6424ba7 ('net: make vid as a parameter for ndo_fdb_add/ndo_fdb_del')
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Acked-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The encap->type comes straight from Netlink. Validate it against
max supported encap types just like ip_encap_hlen() already does.
Fixes: a8c5f9 ("ip_tunnel: Ops registration for secondary encap (fou, gue)")
Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The symbols are exported and could be used by external modules.
Fixes: a8c5f9 ("ip_tunnel: Ops registration for secondary encap (fou, gue)")
Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
John W. Linville says:
====================
pull request: wireless 2014-12-16
Please pull this batch of fixes intended for the 3.19 stream!
For the Bluetooth bits, Johan says:
"The patches consist of:
- Coccinelle warning fix
- hci_dev_lock/unlock fixes
- Fixes for pending mgmt command handling
- Fixes for properly following the force_lesc_support switch
- Fix for a Microsoft branded Broadcom adapter
- New device id for Atheros AR3012
- Fix for BR/EDR Secure Connections enabling"
Along with that...
Brian Norris avoids leaking some kernel memory contents via printk in brcmsmac.
Julia Lawall corrects some misspellings in a few drivers.
Larry Finger gives us one more rtlwifi fix to correct a porting oversight.
Wei Yongjun fixes a sparse warning in rtlwifi.
Please let me know if there are problems!
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
net/rds/message.c: In function ‘rds_message_inc_copy_to_user’:
net/rds/message.c:328: warning: comparison of distinct pointer types lacks a cast
Use min_t(unsigned long, ...) like is done in
rds_message_copy_from_user().
Signed-off-by: Geert Uytterhoeven <geert@linux-m68k.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The NBMA GRE tunnels temporarily push GRE header that contain the
per-packet NBMA destination on the skb via header ops early in xmit
path. It is the later pulled before the real GRE header is constructed.
The inner mac was thus set differently in nbma case: the GRE header
has been pushed by neighbor layer, and mac header points to beginning
of the temporary gre header (set by dev_queue_xmit).
Now that the offloads expect mac header to point to the gre payload,
fix the xmit patch to:
- pull first the temporary gre header away
- and reset mac header to point to gre payload
This fixes tso to work again with nbma tunnels.
Fixes: 14051f0452 ("gre: Use inner mac length when computing tunnel length")
Signed-off-by: Timo Teräs <timo.teras@iki.fi>
Cc: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Cc: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In order to let drivers have more dynamic U-APSD support,
move the enablement flag to the virtual interface driver
flags. This lets drivers not only set it up differently
for different interfaces, but also enable/disable on the
fly if needed.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The power level might have been set, but as the interface was idle
it might not have taken effect yet. Ask the driver to check the
power level when starting up an AP so that in this case the correct
power level is used in case the device/driver can only set it when
the interface is actually active.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Here's the set of driver core patches for 3.19-rc1.
They are dominated by the removal of the .owner field in platform
drivers. They touch a lot of files, but they are "simple" changes, just
removing a line in a structure.
Other than that, a few minor driver core and debugfs changes. There are
some ath9k patches coming in through this tree that have been acked by
the wireless maintainers as they relied on the debugfs changes.
Everything has been in linux-next for a while.
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v2
iEYEABECAAYFAlSOD20ACgkQMUfUDdst+ylLPACg2QrW1oHhdTMT9WI8jihlHVRM
53kAoLeteByQ3iVwWurwwseRPiWa8+MI
=OVRS
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'driver-core-3.19-rc1' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/gregkh/driver-core
Pull driver core update from Greg KH:
"Here's the set of driver core patches for 3.19-rc1.
They are dominated by the removal of the .owner field in platform
drivers. They touch a lot of files, but they are "simple" changes,
just removing a line in a structure.
Other than that, a few minor driver core and debugfs changes. There
are some ath9k patches coming in through this tree that have been
acked by the wireless maintainers as they relied on the debugfs
changes.
Everything has been in linux-next for a while"
* tag 'driver-core-3.19-rc1' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/gregkh/driver-core: (324 commits)
Revert "ath: ath9k: use debugfs_create_devm_seqfile() helper for seq_file entries"
fs: debugfs: add forward declaration for struct device type
firmware class: Deletion of an unnecessary check before the function call "vunmap"
firmware loader: fix hung task warning dump
devcoredump: provide a one-way disable function
device: Add dev_<level>_once variants
ath: ath9k: use debugfs_create_devm_seqfile() helper for seq_file entries
ath: use seq_file api for ath9k debugfs files
debugfs: add helper function to create device related seq_file
drivers/base: cacheinfo: remove noisy error boot message
Revert "core: platform: add warning if driver has no owner"
drivers: base: support cpu cache information interface to userspace via sysfs
drivers: base: add cpu_device_create to support per-cpu devices
topology: replace custom attribute macros with standard DEVICE_ATTR*
cpumask: factor out show_cpumap into separate helper function
driver core: Fix unbalanced device reference in drivers_probe
driver core: fix race with userland in device_add()
sysfs/kernfs: make read requests on pre-alloc files use the buffer.
sysfs/kernfs: allow attributes to request write buffer be pre-allocated.
fs: sysfs: return EGBIG on write if offset is larger than file size
...
Pull crypto update from Herbert Xu:
- The crypto API is now documented :)
- Disallow arbitrary module loading through crypto API.
- Allow get request with empty driver name through crypto_user.
- Allow speed testing of arbitrary hash functions.
- Add caam support for ctr(aes), gcm(aes) and their derivatives.
- nx now supports concurrent hashing properly.
- Add sahara support for SHA1/256.
- Add ARM64 version of CRC32.
- Misc fixes.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/herbert/crypto-2.6: (77 commits)
crypto: tcrypt - Allow speed testing of arbitrary hash functions
crypto: af_alg - add user space interface for AEAD
crypto: qat - fix problem with coalescing enable logic
crypto: sahara - add support for SHA1/256
crypto: sahara - replace tasklets with kthread
crypto: sahara - add support for i.MX53
crypto: sahara - fix spinlock initialization
crypto: arm - replace memset by memzero_explicit
crypto: powerpc - replace memset by memzero_explicit
crypto: sha - replace memset by memzero_explicit
crypto: sparc - replace memset by memzero_explicit
crypto: algif_skcipher - initialize upon init request
crypto: algif_skcipher - removed unneeded code
crypto: algif_skcipher - Fixed blocking recvmsg
crypto: drbg - use memzero_explicit() for clearing sensitive data
crypto: drbg - use MODULE_ALIAS_CRYPTO
crypto: include crypto- module prefix in template
crypto: user - add MODULE_ALIAS
crypto: sha-mb - remove a bogus NULL check
crytpo: qat - Fix 64 bytes requests
...
This patch addresses an issue with the level compression of the fib_trie.
Specifically in the case of adding a new leaf that triggers a new node to
be added that takes the place of the old node. The result is a trie where
the 1 child tnode is on one side and one leaf is on the other which gives
you a very deep trie. Below is the script I used to generate a trie on
dummy0 with a 10.X.X.X family of addresses.
ip link add type dummy
ipval=184549374
bit=2
for i in `seq 1 23`
do
ifconfig dummy0:$bit $ipval/8
ipval=`expr $ipval - $bit`
bit=`expr $bit \* 2`
done
cat /proc/net/fib_triestat
Running the script before the patch:
Local:
Aver depth: 10.82
Max depth: 23
Leaves: 29
Prefixes: 30
Internal nodes: 27
1: 26 2: 1
Pointers: 56
Null ptrs: 1
Total size: 5 kB
After applying the patch and repeating:
Local:
Aver depth: 4.72
Max depth: 9
Leaves: 29
Prefixes: 30
Internal nodes: 12
1: 3 2: 2 3: 7
Pointers: 70
Null ptrs: 30
Total size: 4 kB
What this fix does is start the rebalance at the newly created tnode
instead of at the parent tnode. This way if there is a gap between the
parent and the new node it doesn't prevent the new tnode from being
coalesced with any pre-existing nodes that may have been pushed into one
of the new nodes child branches.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since the real device can segment packets by software, a vlan device
can set TSO/UFO even when the real device doesn't have those features.
Unlike GSO, this allows packets to be segmented after Qdisc.
Signed-off-by: Toshiaki Makita <makita.toshiaki@lab.ntt.co.jp>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since multicast frames are marked as no-ack, using
IEEE80211_TX_STAT_ACK to check if they have been
successfully transmitted by the driver is incorrect
since a driver can choose to ignore transmission status
for no-ack frames. This results in incorrect accounting
for such frames.
To fix this issue, this patch introduces a new flag
that can be used by drivers to indicate error-free
transmission of no-ack frames.
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
[add a note about not setting the flag for non-no-ack frames]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Move IEEE80211_TX_CTL_PS_RESPONSE to info->control.flags since
this is used only in the TX path (by ath9k). This frees up
a bit which can be used for other purposes.
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
It allows to identify the wlan kind of device for the user application,
e.g.:
# ip -d link
1: lo: <LOOPBACK,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 65536 qdisc noqueue state UNKNOWN mode DEFAULT group default
link/loopback 00:00:00:00:00:00 brd 00:00:00:00:00:00 promiscuity 0
2: enp0s25: <NO-CARRIER,BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state DOWN mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000
link/ether XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff promiscuity 0
3: wlp3s0: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 1500 qdisc mq state UP mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000
link/ether XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff promiscuity 0
wlan
Signed-off-by: Vadim Kochan <vadim4j@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
[make wireless_link_ops const]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Ad-hoc requires beaconing for regulatory purposes. Validate that the
channel is valid for beaconing, and not only enabled.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@suse.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This can happen and there is no point in added more
detection code lower in the stack. Catching these in one
single point (cfg80211) is enough. Stop WARNING about this
case.
This fixes:
https://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=89001
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Fixes: 2f1c6c572d ("cfg80211: process non country IE conflicting first")
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When an adapter is removed (hci_unregister_dev) any pending mgmt
commands for that adapter should get the appropriate INVALID_INDEX
response. Since hci_unregister_dev() calls hci_dev_do_close() first
that'd so far have caused "not powered" responses to be sent.
Skipping the HCI_UNREGISTER case in mgmt_powered() is also not a
solution since before reaching the mgmt_index_removed() stage any
hci_conn callbacks (e.g. used by pairing) will get called, thereby
causing "disconnected" status responses to be sent.
The fix that covers all scenarios is to handle both INVALID_INDEX and
NOT_POWERED responses through the mgmt_powered() function. The
INVALID_INDEX response sending from mgmt_index_removed() is left
untouched since there are a couple of places not related to powering off
or removing an adapter that call it (e.g. configuring a new bdaddr).
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
If we're in the AUTO_OFF stage the powered_update_hci() function is
responsible for doing the updates to the HCI state that were not done
during the actual mgmt command handlers. One of the updates needing done
is for BR/EDR SC support. This patch adds the missing HCI command for SC
support to the powered_update_hci() function.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
When the channel switch has been made, a vif is now using
the channel context which was reserved. When that happens,
we need to update the channel context since its parameters
may change.
I hit a case in which I switched to a 40Mhz channel but the
reserved channel context was still on 20Mhz. The rate control
would try to send 40Mhz packets on a 20Mhz channel context and
that made iwlwifi's firmware unhappy.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The code assigns a constant value (a pointer to a static variable)
to an RCU pointer, which results in a sparse warning:
reg.c:112:10: warning: cast adds address space to expression (<asn:4>)
Suppress this warning by using __force.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In the already-set and intersect case of a driver-hint, the previous
wiphy regdomain was not freed before being reset with a copy of the
cfg80211 regdomain.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Acked-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@suse.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The VHT supported channel width field is a two bit integer, not a
bitfield. cfg80211_chandef_usable() was interpreting it incorrectly and
ended up rejecting 160 MHz channel width if the driver indicated support
for both 160 and 80+80 MHz channels.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org (3.16+)
Fixes: 3d9d1d6656 ("nl80211/cfg80211: support VHT channel configuration")
(however, no real drivers had 160 MHz support it until 3.16)
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
As multicast-frames can't be fragmented, "dot11MulticastReceivedFrameCount"
stopped being incremented after the use-after-free fix. Furthermore, the
RX-LED will be triggered by every multicast frame (which wouldn't happen
before) which wouldn't allow the LED to rest at all.
Fixes https://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=89431 which also had the
patch.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Fixes: b8fff407a1 ("mac80211: fix use-after-free in defragmentation")
Signed-off-by: Andreas Müller <goo@stapelspeicher.org>
[rewrite commit message]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Avoid a case where we would access uninitialized stack data if the AP
advertises HT support without 40MHz channel support.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Fixes: f3000e1b43 ("mac80211: fix broken use of VHT/20Mhz with some APs")
Signed-off-by: Jes Sorensen <Jes.Sorensen@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In case we cannot attach to our slave netdevice PHY, error out and
propagate that error up to the caller: dsa_slave_create().
Fixes: 0d8bcdd383 ("net: dsa: allow for more complex PHY setups")
Signed-off-by: Andrey Volkov <andrey.volkov@nexvision.fr>
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In case there is no PHY at the designated address on the internal
switch, we would basically de-reference a null pointer here:
dsa_slave_phy_setup(...)
{
p->phy = ds->slave_mii_bus->phy_map[p->port];
phy_connect_direct(slave_dev, p->phy, dsa_slave_adjust_link,
^------
This can be triggered when the platform configuration (platform_data or
Device Tree) indicates there should be a PHY device at this address, but
the HW is non-responsive, such that we cannot attach a PHY device at
this specific location.
Fix this by checking the return value prior to calling
phy_connect_direct().
CC: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Fixes: b31f65fb43 ("net: dsa: slave: Fix autoneg for phys on switch MDIO bus")
Reported-by: Brian Norris <computersforpeace@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrey Volkov <andrey.volkov@nexvision.fr>
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull networking updates from David Miller:
1) New offloading infrastructure and example 'rocker' driver for
offloading of switching and routing to hardware.
This work was done by a large group of dedicated individuals, not
limited to: Scott Feldman, Jiri Pirko, Thomas Graf, John Fastabend,
Jamal Hadi Salim, Andy Gospodarek, Florian Fainelli, Roopa Prabhu
2) Start making the networking operate on IOV iterators instead of
modifying iov objects in-situ during transfers. Thanks to Al Viro
and Herbert Xu.
3) A set of new netlink interfaces for the TIPC stack, from Richard
Alpe.
4) Remove unnecessary looping during ipv6 routing lookups, from Martin
KaFai Lau.
5) Add PAUSE frame generation support to gianfar driver, from Matei
Pavaluca.
6) Allow for larger reordering levels in TCP, which are easily
achievable in the real world right now, from Eric Dumazet.
7) Add a variable of napi_schedule that doesn't need to disable cpu
interrupts, from Eric Dumazet.
8) Use a doubly linked list to optimize neigh_parms_release(), from
Nicolas Dichtel.
9) Various enhancements to the kernel BPF verifier, and allow eBPF
programs to actually be attached to sockets. From Alexei
Starovoitov.
10) Support TSO/LSO in sunvnet driver, from David L Stevens.
11) Allow controlling ECN usage via routing metrics, from Florian
Westphal.
12) Remote checksum offload, from Tom Herbert.
13) Add split-header receive, BQL, and xmit_more support to amd-xgbe
driver, from Thomas Lendacky.
14) Add MPLS support to openvswitch, from Simon Horman.
15) Support wildcard tunnel endpoints in ipv6 tunnels, from Steffen
Klassert.
16) Do gro flushes on a per-device basis using a timer, from Eric
Dumazet. This tries to resolve the conflicting goals between the
desired handling of bulk vs. RPC-like traffic.
17) Allow userspace to ask for the CPU upon what a packet was
received/steered, via SO_INCOMING_CPU. From Eric Dumazet.
18) Limit GSO packets to half the current congestion window, from Eric
Dumazet.
19) Add a generic helper so that all drivers set their RSS keys in a
consistent way, from Eric Dumazet.
20) Add xmit_more support to enic driver, from Govindarajulu
Varadarajan.
21) Add VLAN packet scheduler action, from Jiri Pirko.
22) Support configurable RSS hash functions via ethtool, from Eyal
Perry.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-next: (1820 commits)
Fix race condition between vxlan_sock_add and vxlan_sock_release
net/macb: fix compilation warning for print_hex_dump() called with skb->mac_header
net/mlx4: Add support for A0 steering
net/mlx4: Refactor QUERY_PORT
net/mlx4_core: Add explicit error message when rule doesn't meet configuration
net/mlx4: Add A0 hybrid steering
net/mlx4: Add mlx4_bitmap zone allocator
net/mlx4: Add a check if there are too many reserved QPs
net/mlx4: Change QP allocation scheme
net/mlx4_core: Use tasklet for user-space CQ completion events
net/mlx4_core: Mask out host side virtualization features for guests
net/mlx4_en: Set csum level for encapsulated packets
be2net: Export tunnel offloads only when a VxLAN tunnel is created
gianfar: Fix dma check map error when DMA_API_DEBUG is enabled
cxgb4/csiostor: Don't use MASTER_MUST for fw_hello call
net: fec: only enable mdio interrupt before phy device link up
net: fec: clear all interrupt events to support i.MX6SX
net: fec: reset fep link status in suspend function
net: sock: fix access via invalid file descriptor
net: introduce helper macro for_each_cmsghdr
...
This adds a lot of infrastructure for virtio 1.0 support.
Notable missing pieces: virtio pci, virtio balloon (needs spec extension),
vhost scsi.
Plus, there are some minor fixes in a couple of places.
Cc: David Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Rusty Russell <rusty@rustcorp.com.au>
Signed-off-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1
iQEcBAABAgAGBQJUh1CVAAoJECgfDbjSjVRpWZcH/2+EGPyng7Lca820UHA0cU1U
u4D8CAAwOGaVdnUUo8ox1eon3LNB2UgRtgsl3rBDR3YTgFfNPrfuYdnHO0dYIDc1
lS26NuPrVrTX0lA+OBPe2nlKrsrOkn8aw1kxG9Y0gKtNg/+HAGNW5e2eE7R/LrA5
94XbWZ8g9Yf4GPG1iFmih9vQvvN0E68zcUlojfCnllySgaIEYr8nTiGQBWpRgJat
fCqFAp1HMDZzGJQO+m1/Vw0OftTRVybyfai59e6uUTa8x1djvzPb/1MvREqQjegM
ylSuofIVyj7JPu++FbAjd9mikkb53GSc8ql3YmWNZLdr69rnkzP0GdzQvrdheAo=
=RtrR
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'for_linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/mst/vhost
Pull virtio updates from Michael Tsirkin:
"virtio: virtio 1.0 support, misc patches
This adds a lot of infrastructure for virtio 1.0 support. Notable
missing pieces: virtio pci, virtio balloon (needs spec extension),
vhost scsi.
Plus, there are some minor fixes in a couple of places.
Note: some net drivers are affected by these patches. David said he's
fine with merging these patches through my tree.
Rusty's on vacation, he acked using my tree for these, too"
* tag 'for_linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/mst/vhost: (70 commits)
virtio_ccw: finalize_features error handling
virtio_ccw: future-proof finalize_features
virtio_pci: rename virtio_pci -> virtio_pci_common
virtio_pci: update file descriptions and copyright
virtio_pci: split out legacy device support
virtio_pci: setup config vector indirectly
virtio_pci: setup vqs indirectly
virtio_pci: delete vqs indirectly
virtio_pci: use priv for vq notification
virtio_pci: free up vq->priv
virtio_pci: fix coding style for structs
virtio_pci: add isr field
virtio: drop legacy_only driver flag
virtio_balloon: drop legacy_only driver flag
virtio_ccw: rev 1 devices set VIRTIO_F_VERSION_1
virtio: allow finalize_features to fail
virtio_ccw: legacy: don't negotiate rev 1/features
virtio: add API to detect legacy devices
virtio_console: fix sparse warnings
vhost: remove unnecessary forward declarations in vhost.h
...
This patch moves the mgmt_powered() notification earlier in the
hci_dev_do_close() function. This way the correct "not powered" error
gets passed to any pending mgmt commands. Without the patch the pending
commands would instead get a misleading "disconnected" response when
powering down the adapter.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The pairing_complete() function is used as a pending mgmt command
cmd_complete callback. The expectation of such functions is that they
are not responsible themselves for calling mgmt_pending_remove(). This
patch fixes the incorrect mgmt_pending_remove() call in
pairing_complete() and adds it to the appropriate changes.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The pairing_complete() function relies on a hci_conn reference to be
able to access the hci_conn object. It should therefore only release
this reference once it's done accessing the object, i.e. at the end of
the function.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The Read Page Scan Activity and Read Page Scan Type commands are not
supported by all controllers. Move the execution of both commands
into the 3rd phase of the init procedure. And then check the bit
mask of supported commands before adding them to the init sequence.
With this re-ordering of the init sequence, the extra check for
AVM BlueFritz! controllers is no longer needed. They will report
that these two commands are not supported.
This fixes an issue with the Microsoft Corp. Wireless Transceiver
for Bluetooth 2.0 (ID 045e:009c).
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
mgmt_pending_remove() should be called with hci_dev_lock protection and
all hci_event.c functions which calls mgmt_complete() (which eventually
calls mgmt_pending_remove()) should hold the lock.
So this patch fixes the same
Signed-off-by: Jaganath Kanakkassery <jaganath.k@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
mgmt_pending_remove() should be called with hci_dev_lock protection
and currently the rule to take dev lock is that all mgmt req_complete
functions should take dev lock. So this patch fixes the same in the
missing functions
Without this patch there is a chance of invalid memory access while
accessing the mgmt_pending list like below
bluetoothd: 392] [0] Backtrace:
bluetoothd: 392] [0] [<c04ec770>] (pending_eir_or_class+0x0/0x68) from [<c04f1830>] (add_uuid+0x34/0x1c4)
bluetoothd: 392] [0] [<c04f17fc>] (add_uuid+0x0/0x1c4) from [<c04f3cc4>] (mgmt_control+0x204/0x274)
bluetoothd: 392] [0] [<c04f3ac0>] (mgmt_control+0x0/0x274) from [<c04f609c>] (hci_sock_sendmsg+0x80/0x308)
bluetoothd: 392] [0] [<c04f601c>] (hci_sock_sendmsg+0x0/0x308) from [<c03d4d68>] (sock_aio_write+0x144/0x174)
bluetoothd: 392] [0] r8:00000000 r7 7c1be90 r6 7c1be18 r5:00000017 r4 a90ea80
bluetoothd: 392] [0] [<c03d4c24>] (sock_aio_write+0x0/0x174) from [<c00e2d4c>] (do_sync_write+0xb0/0xe0)
bluetoothd: 392] [0] [<c00e2c9c>] (do_sync_write+0x0/0xe0) from [<c00e371c>] (vfs_write+0x134/0x13c)
bluetoothd: 392] [0] r8:00000000 r7 7c1bf70 r6:beeca5c8 r5:00000017 r4 7c05900
bluetoothd: 392] [0] [<c00e35e8>] (vfs_write+0x0/0x13c) from [<c00e3910>] (sys_write+0x44/0x70)
bluetoothd: 392] [0] r8:00000000 r7:00000004 r6:00000017 r5:beeca5c8 r4 7c05900
bluetoothd: 392] [0] [<c00e38cc>] (sys_write+0x0/0x70) from [<c000e3c0>] (ret_fast_syscall+0x0/0x30)
bluetoothd: 392] [0] r9 7c1a000 r8:c000e568 r6:400b5f10 r5:403896d8 r4:beeca604
bluetoothd: 392] [0] Code: e28cc00c e152000c 0a00000f e3a00001 (e1d210b8)
bluetoothd: 392] [0] ---[ end trace 67b6ac67435864c4 ]---
bluetoothd: 392] [0] Kernel panic - not syncing: Fatal exception
Signed-off-by: Jaganath Kanakkassery <jaganath.k@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This time we have some more new material than we used to have during
the last couple of development cycles.
The most important part of it to me is the introduction of a unified
interface for accessing device properties provided by platform
firmware. It works with Device Trees and ACPI in a uniform way and
drivers using it need not worry about where the properties come
from as long as the platform firmware (either DT or ACPI) makes
them available. It covers both devices and "bare" device node
objects without struct device representation as that turns out to
be necessary in some cases. This has been in the works for quite
a few months (and development cycles) and has been approved by
all of the relevant maintainers.
On top of that, some drivers are switched over to the new interface
(at25, leds-gpio, gpio_keys_polled) and some additional changes are
made to the core GPIO subsystem to allow device drivers to manipulate
GPIOs in the "canonical" way on platforms that provide GPIO information
in their ACPI tables, but don't assign names to GPIO lines (in which
case the driver needs to do that on the basis of what it knows about
the device in question). That also has been approved by the GPIO
core maintainers and the rfkill driver is now going to use it.
Second is support for hardware P-states in the intel_pstate driver.
It uses CPUID to detect whether or not the feature is supported by
the processor in which case it will be enabled by default. However,
it can be disabled entirely from the kernel command line if necessary.
Next is support for a platform firmware interface based on ACPI
operation regions used by the PMIC (Power Management Integrated
Circuit) chips on the Intel Baytrail-T and Baytrail-T-CR platforms.
That interface is used for manipulating power resources and for
thermal management: sensor temperature reporting, trip point setting
and so on.
Also the ACPI core is now going to support the _DEP configuration
information in a limited way. Basically, _DEP it supposed to reflect
off-the-hierarchy dependencies between devices which may be very
indirect, like when AML for one device accesses locations in an
operation region handled by another device's driver (usually, the
device depended on this way is a serial bus or GPIO controller).
The support added this time is sufficient to make the ACPI battery
driver work on Asus T100A, but it is general enough to be able to
cover some other use cases in the future.
Finally, we have a new cpufreq driver for the Loongson1B processor.
In addition to the above, there are fixes and cleanups all over the
place as usual and a traditional ACPICA update to a recent upstream
release.
As far as the fixes go, the ACPI LPSS (Low-power Subsystem) driver
for Intel platforms should be able to handle power management of
the DMA engine correctly, the cpufreq-dt driver should interact
with the thermal subsystem in a better way and the ACPI backlight
driver should handle some more corner cases, among other things.
On top of the ACPICA update there are fixes for race conditions
in the ACPICA's interrupt handling code which might lead to some
random and strange looking failures on some systems.
In the cleanups department the most visible part is the series
of commits targeted at getting rid of the CONFIG_PM_RUNTIME
configuration option. That was triggered by a discussion
regarding the generic power domains code during which we realized
that trying to support certain combinations of PM config options
was painful and not really worth it, because nobody would use them
in production anyway. For this reason, we decided to make
CONFIG_PM_SLEEP select CONFIG_PM_RUNTIME and that lead to the
conclusion that the latter became redundant and CONFIG_PM could
be used instead of it. The material here makes that replacement
in a major part of the tree, but there will be at least one more
batch of that in the second part of the merge window.
Specifics:
- Support for retrieving device properties information from ACPI
_DSD device configuration objects and a unified device properties
interface for device drivers (and subsystems) on top of that.
As stated above, this works with Device Trees and ACPI and allows
device drivers to be written in a platform firmware (DT or ACPI)
agnostic way. The at25, leds-gpio and gpio_keys_polled drivers
are now going to use this new interface and the GPIO subsystem
is additionally modified to allow device drivers to assign names
to GPIO resources returned by ACPI _CRS objects (in case _DSD is
not present or does not provide the expected data). The changes
in this set are mostly from Mika Westerberg, Rafael J Wysocki,
Aaron Lu, and Darren Hart with some fixes from others (Fabio Estevam,
Geert Uytterhoeven).
- Support for Hardware Managed Performance States (HWP) as described
in Volume 3, section 14.4, of the Intel SDM in the intel_pstate
driver. CPUID is used to detect whether or not the feature is
supported by the processor. If supported, it will be enabled
automatically unless the intel_pstate=no_hwp switch is present in
the kernel command line. From Dirk Brandewie.
- New Intel Broadwell-H ID for intel_pstate (Dirk Brandewie).
- Support for firmware interface based on ACPI operation regions
used by the PMIC chips on the Intel Baytrail-T and Baytrail-T-CR
platforms for power resource control and thermal management
(Aaron Lu).
- Limited support for retrieving off-the-hierarchy dependencies
between devices from ACPI _DEP device configuration objects
and deferred probing support for the ACPI battery driver based
on the _DEP information to make that driver work on Asus T100A
(Lan Tianyu).
- New cpufreq driver for the Loongson1B processor (Kelvin Cheung).
- ACPICA update to upstream revision 20141107 which only affects
tools (Bob Moore).
- Fixes for race conditions in the ACPICA's interrupt handling
code and in the ACPI code related to system suspend and resume
(Lv Zheng and Rafael J Wysocki).
- ACPI core fix for an RCU-related issue in the ioremap() regions
management code that slowed down significantly after CPUs had
been allowed to enter idle states even if they'd had RCU callbakcs
queued and triggered some problems in certain proprietary graphics
driver (and elsewhere). The fix replaces synchronize_rcu() in
that code with synchronize_rcu_expedited() which makes the issue
go away. From Konstantin Khlebnikov.
- ACPI LPSS (Low-Power Subsystem) driver fix to handle power
management of the DMA engine included into the LPSS correctly.
The problem is that the DMA engine doesn't have ACPI PM support
of its own and it simply is turned off when the last LPSS device
having ACPI PM support goes into D3cold. To work around that,
the PM domain used by the ACPI LPSS driver is redesigned so at
least one device with ACPI PM support will be on as long as the
DMA engine is in use. From Andy Shevchenko.
- ACPI backlight driver fix to avoid using it on "Win8-compatible"
systems where it doesn't work and where it was used by default by
mistake (Aaron Lu).
- Assorted minor ACPI core fixes and cleanups from Tomasz Nowicki,
Sudeep Holla, Huang Rui, Hanjun Guo, Fabian Frederick, and
Ashwin Chaugule (mostly related to the upcoming ARM64 support).
- Intel RAPL (Running Average Power Limit) power capping driver
fixes and improvements including new processor IDs (Jacob Pan).
- Generic power domains modification to power up domains after
attaching devices to them to meet the expectations of device
drivers and bus types assuming devices to be accessible at
probe time (Ulf Hansson).
- Preliminary support for controlling device clocks from the
generic power domains core code and modifications of the
ARM/shmobile platform to use that feature (Ulf Hansson).
- Assorted minor fixes and cleanups of the generic power
domains core code (Ulf Hansson, Geert Uytterhoeven).
- Assorted minor fixes and cleanups of the device clocks control
code in the PM core (Geert Uytterhoeven, Grygorii Strashko).
- Consolidation of device power management Kconfig options by making
CONFIG_PM_SLEEP select CONFIG_PM_RUNTIME and removing the latter
which is now redundant (Rafael J Wysocki and Kevin Hilman). That
is the first batch of the changes needed for this purpose.
- Core device runtime power management support code cleanup related
to the execution of callbacks (Andrzej Hajda).
- cpuidle ARM support improvements (Lorenzo Pieralisi).
- cpuidle cleanup related to the CPUIDLE_FLAG_TIME_VALID flag and
a new MAINTAINERS entry for ARM Exynos cpuidle (Daniel Lezcano and
Bartlomiej Zolnierkiewicz).
- New cpufreq driver callback (->ready) to be executed when the
cpufreq core is ready to use a given policy object and cpufreq-dt
driver modification to use that callback for cooling device
registration (Viresh Kumar).
- cpufreq core fixes and cleanups (Viresh Kumar, Vince Hsu,
James Geboski, Tomeu Vizoso).
- Assorted fixes and cleanups in the cpufreq-pcc, intel_pstate,
cpufreq-dt, pxa2xx cpufreq drivers (Lenny Szubowicz, Ethan Zhao,
Stefan Wahren, Petr Cvek).
- OPP (Operating Performance Points) framework modification to
allow OPPs to be removed too and update of a few cpufreq drivers
(cpufreq-dt, exynos5440, imx6q, cpufreq) to remove OPPs (added
during initialization) on driver removal (Viresh Kumar).
- Hibernation core fixes and cleanups (Tina Ruchandani and
Markus Elfring).
- PM Kconfig fix related to CPU power management (Pankaj Dubey).
- cpupower tool fix (Prarit Bhargava).
/
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v2.0.22 (GNU/Linux)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=5dox
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'pm+acpi-3.19-rc1' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/rafael/linux-pm
Pull ACPI and power management updates from Rafael Wysocki:
"This time we have some more new material than we used to have during
the last couple of development cycles.
The most important part of it to me is the introduction of a unified
interface for accessing device properties provided by platform
firmware. It works with Device Trees and ACPI in a uniform way and
drivers using it need not worry about where the properties come from
as long as the platform firmware (either DT or ACPI) makes them
available. It covers both devices and "bare" device node objects
without struct device representation as that turns out to be necessary
in some cases. This has been in the works for quite a few months (and
development cycles) and has been approved by all of the relevant
maintainers.
On top of that, some drivers are switched over to the new interface
(at25, leds-gpio, gpio_keys_polled) and some additional changes are
made to the core GPIO subsystem to allow device drivers to manipulate
GPIOs in the "canonical" way on platforms that provide GPIO
information in their ACPI tables, but don't assign names to GPIO lines
(in which case the driver needs to do that on the basis of what it
knows about the device in question). That also has been approved by
the GPIO core maintainers and the rfkill driver is now going to use
it.
Second is support for hardware P-states in the intel_pstate driver.
It uses CPUID to detect whether or not the feature is supported by the
processor in which case it will be enabled by default. However, it
can be disabled entirely from the kernel command line if necessary.
Next is support for a platform firmware interface based on ACPI
operation regions used by the PMIC (Power Management Integrated
Circuit) chips on the Intel Baytrail-T and Baytrail-T-CR platforms.
That interface is used for manipulating power resources and for
thermal management: sensor temperature reporting, trip point setting
and so on.
Also the ACPI core is now going to support the _DEP configuration
information in a limited way. Basically, _DEP it supposed to reflect
off-the-hierarchy dependencies between devices which may be very
indirect, like when AML for one device accesses locations in an
operation region handled by another device's driver (usually, the
device depended on this way is a serial bus or GPIO controller). The
support added this time is sufficient to make the ACPI battery driver
work on Asus T100A, but it is general enough to be able to cover some
other use cases in the future.
Finally, we have a new cpufreq driver for the Loongson1B processor.
In addition to the above, there are fixes and cleanups all over the
place as usual and a traditional ACPICA update to a recent upstream
release.
As far as the fixes go, the ACPI LPSS (Low-power Subsystem) driver for
Intel platforms should be able to handle power management of the DMA
engine correctly, the cpufreq-dt driver should interact with the
thermal subsystem in a better way and the ACPI backlight driver should
handle some more corner cases, among other things.
On top of the ACPICA update there are fixes for race conditions in the
ACPICA's interrupt handling code which might lead to some random and
strange looking failures on some systems.
In the cleanups department the most visible part is the series of
commits targeted at getting rid of the CONFIG_PM_RUNTIME configuration
option. That was triggered by a discussion regarding the generic
power domains code during which we realized that trying to support
certain combinations of PM config options was painful and not really
worth it, because nobody would use them in production anyway. For
this reason, we decided to make CONFIG_PM_SLEEP select
CONFIG_PM_RUNTIME and that lead to the conclusion that the latter
became redundant and CONFIG_PM could be used instead of it. The
material here makes that replacement in a major part of the tree, but
there will be at least one more batch of that in the second part of
the merge window.
Specifics:
- Support for retrieving device properties information from ACPI _DSD
device configuration objects and a unified device properties
interface for device drivers (and subsystems) on top of that. As
stated above, this works with Device Trees and ACPI and allows
device drivers to be written in a platform firmware (DT or ACPI)
agnostic way. The at25, leds-gpio and gpio_keys_polled drivers are
now going to use this new interface and the GPIO subsystem is
additionally modified to allow device drivers to assign names to
GPIO resources returned by ACPI _CRS objects (in case _DSD is not
present or does not provide the expected data). The changes in
this set are mostly from Mika Westerberg, Rafael J Wysocki, Aaron
Lu, and Darren Hart with some fixes from others (Fabio Estevam,
Geert Uytterhoeven).
- Support for Hardware Managed Performance States (HWP) as described
in Volume 3, section 14.4, of the Intel SDM in the intel_pstate
driver. CPUID is used to detect whether or not the feature is
supported by the processor. If supported, it will be enabled
automatically unless the intel_pstate=no_hwp switch is present in
the kernel command line. From Dirk Brandewie.
- New Intel Broadwell-H ID for intel_pstate (Dirk Brandewie).
- Support for firmware interface based on ACPI operation regions used
by the PMIC chips on the Intel Baytrail-T and Baytrail-T-CR
platforms for power resource control and thermal management (Aaron
Lu).
- Limited support for retrieving off-the-hierarchy dependencies
between devices from ACPI _DEP device configuration objects and
deferred probing support for the ACPI battery driver based on the
_DEP information to make that driver work on Asus T100A (Lan
Tianyu).
- New cpufreq driver for the Loongson1B processor (Kelvin Cheung).
- ACPICA update to upstream revision 20141107 which only affects
tools (Bob Moore).
- Fixes for race conditions in the ACPICA's interrupt handling code
and in the ACPI code related to system suspend and resume (Lv Zheng
and Rafael J Wysocki).
- ACPI core fix for an RCU-related issue in the ioremap() regions
management code that slowed down significantly after CPUs had been
allowed to enter idle states even if they'd had RCU callbakcs
queued and triggered some problems in certain proprietary graphics
driver (and elsewhere). The fix replaces synchronize_rcu() in that
code with synchronize_rcu_expedited() which makes the issue go
away. From Konstantin Khlebnikov.
- ACPI LPSS (Low-Power Subsystem) driver fix to handle power
management of the DMA engine included into the LPSS correctly. The
problem is that the DMA engine doesn't have ACPI PM support of its
own and it simply is turned off when the last LPSS device having
ACPI PM support goes into D3cold. To work around that, the PM
domain used by the ACPI LPSS driver is redesigned so at least one
device with ACPI PM support will be on as long as the DMA engine is
in use. From Andy Shevchenko.
- ACPI backlight driver fix to avoid using it on "Win8-compatible"
systems where it doesn't work and where it was used by default by
mistake (Aaron Lu).
- Assorted minor ACPI core fixes and cleanups from Tomasz Nowicki,
Sudeep Holla, Huang Rui, Hanjun Guo, Fabian Frederick, and Ashwin
Chaugule (mostly related to the upcoming ARM64 support).
- Intel RAPL (Running Average Power Limit) power capping driver fixes
and improvements including new processor IDs (Jacob Pan).
- Generic power domains modification to power up domains after
attaching devices to them to meet the expectations of device
drivers and bus types assuming devices to be accessible at probe
time (Ulf Hansson).
- Preliminary support for controlling device clocks from the generic
power domains core code and modifications of the ARM/shmobile
platform to use that feature (Ulf Hansson).
- Assorted minor fixes and cleanups of the generic power domains core
code (Ulf Hansson, Geert Uytterhoeven).
- Assorted minor fixes and cleanups of the device clocks control code
in the PM core (Geert Uytterhoeven, Grygorii Strashko).
- Consolidation of device power management Kconfig options by making
CONFIG_PM_SLEEP select CONFIG_PM_RUNTIME and removing the latter
which is now redundant (Rafael J Wysocki and Kevin Hilman). That
is the first batch of the changes needed for this purpose.
- Core device runtime power management support code cleanup related
to the execution of callbacks (Andrzej Hajda).
- cpuidle ARM support improvements (Lorenzo Pieralisi).
- cpuidle cleanup related to the CPUIDLE_FLAG_TIME_VALID flag and a
new MAINTAINERS entry for ARM Exynos cpuidle (Daniel Lezcano and
Bartlomiej Zolnierkiewicz).
- New cpufreq driver callback (->ready) to be executed when the
cpufreq core is ready to use a given policy object and cpufreq-dt
driver modification to use that callback for cooling device
registration (Viresh Kumar).
- cpufreq core fixes and cleanups (Viresh Kumar, Vince Hsu, James
Geboski, Tomeu Vizoso).
- Assorted fixes and cleanups in the cpufreq-pcc, intel_pstate,
cpufreq-dt, pxa2xx cpufreq drivers (Lenny Szubowicz, Ethan Zhao,
Stefan Wahren, Petr Cvek).
- OPP (Operating Performance Points) framework modification to allow
OPPs to be removed too and update of a few cpufreq drivers
(cpufreq-dt, exynos5440, imx6q, cpufreq) to remove OPPs (added
during initialization) on driver removal (Viresh Kumar).
- Hibernation core fixes and cleanups (Tina Ruchandani and Markus
Elfring).
- PM Kconfig fix related to CPU power management (Pankaj Dubey).
- cpupower tool fix (Prarit Bhargava)"
* tag 'pm+acpi-3.19-rc1' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/rafael/linux-pm: (120 commits)
i2c-omap / PM: Drop CONFIG_PM_RUNTIME from i2c-omap.c
dmaengine / PM: Replace CONFIG_PM_RUNTIME with CONFIG_PM
tools: cpupower: fix return checks for sysfs_get_idlestate_count()
drivers: sh / PM: Replace CONFIG_PM_RUNTIME with CONFIG_PM
e1000e / igb / PM: Eliminate CONFIG_PM_RUNTIME
MMC / PM: Replace CONFIG_PM_RUNTIME with CONFIG_PM
MFD / PM: Replace CONFIG_PM_RUNTIME with CONFIG_PM
misc / PM: Replace CONFIG_PM_RUNTIME with CONFIG_PM
media / PM: Replace CONFIG_PM_RUNTIME with CONFIG_PM
input / PM: Replace CONFIG_PM_RUNTIME with CONFIG_PM
leds: leds-gpio: Fix multiple instances registration without 'label' property
iio / PM: Replace CONFIG_PM_RUNTIME with CONFIG_PM
hsi / OMAP / PM: Replace CONFIG_PM_RUNTIME with CONFIG_PM
i2c-hid / PM: Replace CONFIG_PM_RUNTIME with CONFIG_PM
drm / exynos / PM: Replace CONFIG_PM_RUNTIME with CONFIG_PM
gpio / PM: Replace CONFIG_PM_RUNTIME with CONFIG_PM
hwrandom / exynos / PM: Use CONFIG_PM in #ifdef
block / PM: Replace CONFIG_PM_RUNTIME with CONFIG_PM
USB / PM: Drop CONFIG_PM_RUNTIME from the USB core
PM: Merge the SET*_RUNTIME_PM_OPS() macros
...
0day robot reported the following crash:
[ 21.233581] BUG: unable to handle kernel NULL pointer dereference at 0000000000000007
[ 21.234709] IP: [<ffffffff8156ebda>] sk_attach_bpf+0x39/0xc2
It's due to bpf_prog_get() returning ERR_PTR.
Check it properly.
Reported-by: Fengguang Wu <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Fixes: 89aa075832 ("net: sock: allow eBPF programs to be attached to sockets")
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce helper macro for_each_cmsghdr as a wrapper of the enumerating
cmsghdr from msghdr, just cleanup.
Signed-off-by: Gu Zheng <guz.fnst@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Merge first patchbomb from Andrew Morton:
- a few minor cifs fixes
- dma-debug upadtes
- ocfs2
- slab
- about half of MM
- procfs
- kernel/exit.c
- panic.c tweaks
- printk upates
- lib/ updates
- checkpatch updates
- fs/binfmt updates
- the drivers/rtc tree
- nilfs
- kmod fixes
- more kernel/exit.c
- various other misc tweaks and fixes
* emailed patches from Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>: (190 commits)
exit: pidns: fix/update the comments in zap_pid_ns_processes()
exit: pidns: alloc_pid() leaks pid_namespace if child_reaper is exiting
exit: exit_notify: re-use "dead" list to autoreap current
exit: reparent: call forget_original_parent() under tasklist_lock
exit: reparent: avoid find_new_reaper() if no children
exit: reparent: introduce find_alive_thread()
exit: reparent: introduce find_child_reaper()
exit: reparent: document the ->has_child_subreaper checks
exit: reparent: s/while_each_thread/for_each_thread/ in find_new_reaper()
exit: reparent: fix the cross-namespace PR_SET_CHILD_SUBREAPER reparenting
exit: reparent: fix the dead-parent PR_SET_CHILD_SUBREAPER reparenting
exit: proc: don't try to flush /proc/tgid/task/tgid
exit: release_task: fix the comment about group leader accounting
exit: wait: drop tasklist_lock before psig->c* accounting
exit: wait: don't use zombie->real_parent
exit: wait: cleanup the ptrace_reparented() checks
usermodehelper: kill the kmod_thread_locker logic
usermodehelper: don't use CLONE_VFORK for ____call_usermodehelper()
fs/hfs/catalog.c: fix comparison bug in hfs_cat_keycmp
nilfs2: fix the nilfs_iget() vs. nilfs_new_inode() races
...
As it is, default ->i_fop has NULL ->open() (along with all other methods).
The only case where it matters is reopening (via procfs symlink) a file that
didn't get its ->f_op from ->i_fop - anything else will have ->i_fop assigned
to something sane (default would fail on read/write/ioctl/etc.).
Unfortunately, such case exists - alloc_file() users, especially
anon_get_file() ones. There we have tons of opened files of very different
kinds sharing the same inode. As the result, attempt to reopen those via
procfs succeeds and you get a descriptor you can't do anything with.
Moreover, in case of sockets we set ->i_fop that will only be used
on such reopen attempts - and put a failing ->open() into it to make sure
those do not succeed.
It would be simpler to put such ->open() into default ->i_fop and leave
it unchanged both for anon inode (as we do anyway) and for socket ones. Result:
* everything going through do_dentry_open() works as it used to
* sock_no_open() kludge is gone
* attempts to reopen anon-inode files fail as they really ought to
* ditto for aio_private_file()
* ditto for perfmon - this one actually tried to imitate sock_no_open()
trick, but failed to set ->i_fop, so in the current tree reopens succeed and
yield completely useless descriptor. Intent clearly had been to fail with
-ENXIO on such reopens; now it actually does.
* everything else that used alloc_file() keeps working - it has ->i_fop
set for its inodes anyway
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Memory is internally accounted in bytes, using spinlock-protected 64-bit
counters, even though the smallest accounting delta is a page. The
counter interface is also convoluted and does too many things.
Introduce a new lockless word-sized page counter API, then change all
memory accounting over to it. The translation from and to bytes then only
happens when interfacing with userspace.
The removed locking overhead is noticable when scaling beyond the per-cpu
charge caches - on a 4-socket machine with 144-threads, the following test
shows the performance differences of 288 memcgs concurrently running a
page fault benchmark:
vanilla:
18631648.500498 task-clock (msec) # 140.643 CPUs utilized ( +- 0.33% )
1,380,638 context-switches # 0.074 K/sec ( +- 0.75% )
24,390 cpu-migrations # 0.001 K/sec ( +- 8.44% )
1,843,305,768 page-faults # 0.099 M/sec ( +- 0.00% )
50,134,994,088,218 cycles # 2.691 GHz ( +- 0.33% )
<not supported> stalled-cycles-frontend
<not supported> stalled-cycles-backend
8,049,712,224,651 instructions # 0.16 insns per cycle ( +- 0.04% )
1,586,970,584,979 branches # 85.176 M/sec ( +- 0.05% )
1,724,989,949 branch-misses # 0.11% of all branches ( +- 0.48% )
132.474343877 seconds time elapsed ( +- 0.21% )
lockless:
12195979.037525 task-clock (msec) # 133.480 CPUs utilized ( +- 0.18% )
832,850 context-switches # 0.068 K/sec ( +- 0.54% )
15,624 cpu-migrations # 0.001 K/sec ( +- 10.17% )
1,843,304,774 page-faults # 0.151 M/sec ( +- 0.00% )
32,811,216,801,141 cycles # 2.690 GHz ( +- 0.18% )
<not supported> stalled-cycles-frontend
<not supported> stalled-cycles-backend
9,999,265,091,727 instructions # 0.30 insns per cycle ( +- 0.10% )
2,076,759,325,203 branches # 170.282 M/sec ( +- 0.12% )
1,656,917,214 branch-misses # 0.08% of all branches ( +- 0.55% )
91.369330729 seconds time elapsed ( +- 0.45% )
On top of improved scalability, this also gets rid of the icky long long
types in the very heart of memcg, which is great for 32 bit and also makes
the code a lot more readable.
Notable differences between the old and new API:
- res_counter_charge() and res_counter_charge_nofail() become
page_counter_try_charge() and page_counter_charge() resp. to match
the more common kernel naming scheme of try_do()/do()
- res_counter_uncharge_until() is only ever used to cancel a local
counter and never to uncharge bigger segments of a hierarchy, so
it's replaced by the simpler page_counter_cancel()
- res_counter_set_limit() is replaced by page_counter_limit(), which
expects its callers to serialize against themselves
- res_counter_memparse_write_strategy() is replaced by
page_counter_limit(), which rounds down to the nearest page size -
rather than up. This is more reasonable for explicitely requested
hard upper limits.
- to keep charging light-weight, page_counter_try_charge() charges
speculatively, only to roll back if the result exceeds the limit.
Because of this, a failing bigger charge can temporarily lock out
smaller charges that would otherwise succeed. The error is bounded
to the difference between the smallest and the biggest possible
charge size, so for memcg, this means that a failing THP charge can
send base page charges into reclaim upto 2MB (4MB) before the limit
would have been reached. This should be acceptable.
[akpm@linux-foundation.org: add includes for WARN_ON_ONCE and memparse]
[akpm@linux-foundation.org: add includes for WARN_ON_ONCE, memparse, strncmp, and PAGE_SIZE]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Weiner <hannes@cmpxchg.org>
Acked-by: Michal Hocko <mhocko@suse.cz>
Acked-by: Vladimir Davydov <vdavydov@parallels.com>
Cc: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Cc: David Rientjes <rientjes@google.com>
Cc: Stephen Rothwell <sfr@canb.auug.org.au>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Pull VFS changes from Al Viro:
"First pile out of several (there _definitely_ will be more). Stuff in
this one:
- unification of d_splice_alias()/d_materialize_unique()
- iov_iter rewrite
- killing a bunch of ->f_path.dentry users (and f_dentry macro).
Getting that completed will make life much simpler for
unionmount/overlayfs, since then we'll be able to limit the places
sensitive to file _dentry_ to reasonably few. Which allows to have
file_inode(file) pointing to inode in a covered layer, with dentry
pointing to (negative) dentry in union one.
Still not complete, but much closer now.
- crapectomy in lustre (dead code removal, mostly)
- "let's make seq_printf return nothing" preparations
- assorted cleanups and fixes
There _definitely_ will be more piles"
* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/viro/vfs: (63 commits)
copy_from_iter_nocache()
new helper: iov_iter_kvec()
csum_and_copy_..._iter()
iov_iter.c: handle ITER_KVEC directly
iov_iter.c: convert copy_to_iter() to iterate_and_advance
iov_iter.c: convert copy_from_iter() to iterate_and_advance
iov_iter.c: get rid of bvec_copy_page_{to,from}_iter()
iov_iter.c: convert iov_iter_zero() to iterate_and_advance
iov_iter.c: convert iov_iter_get_pages_alloc() to iterate_all_kinds
iov_iter.c: convert iov_iter_get_pages() to iterate_all_kinds
iov_iter.c: convert iov_iter_npages() to iterate_all_kinds
iov_iter.c: iterate_and_advance
iov_iter.c: macros for iterating over iov_iter
kill f_dentry macro
dcache: fix kmemcheck warning in switch_names
new helper: audit_file()
nfsd_vfs_write(): use file_inode()
ncpfs: use file_inode()
kill f_dentry uses
lockd: get rid of ->f_path.dentry->d_sb
...
Highlights include:
Features:
- NFSv4.2 client support for hole punching and preallocation.
- Further RPC/RDMA client improvements.
- Add more RPC transport debugging tracepoints.
- Add RPC debugging tools in debugfs.
Bugfixes:
- Stable fix for layoutget error handling
- Fix a change in COMMIT behaviour resulting from the recent io code updates
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1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=wOP3
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'nfs-for-3.19-1' of git://git.linux-nfs.org/projects/trondmy/linux-nfs
Pull NFS client updates from Trond Myklebust:
"Highlights include:
Features:
- NFSv4.2 client support for hole punching and preallocation.
- Further RPC/RDMA client improvements.
- Add more RPC transport debugging tracepoints.
- Add RPC debugging tools in debugfs.
Bugfixes:
- Stable fix for layoutget error handling
- Fix a change in COMMIT behaviour resulting from the recent io code
updates"
* tag 'nfs-for-3.19-1' of git://git.linux-nfs.org/projects/trondmy/linux-nfs: (28 commits)
sunrpc: add a debugfs rpc_xprt directory with an info file in it
sunrpc: add debugfs file for displaying client rpc_task queue
nfs: Add DEALLOCATE support
nfs: Add ALLOCATE support
NFS: Clean up nfs4_init_callback()
NFS: SETCLIENTID XDR buffer sizes are incorrect
SUNRPC: serialize iostats updates
xprtrdma: Display async errors
xprtrdma: Enable pad optimization
xprtrdma: Re-write rpcrdma_flush_cqs()
xprtrdma: Refactor tasklet scheduling
xprtrdma: unmap all FMRs during transport disconnect
xprtrdma: Cap req_cqinit
xprtrdma: Return an errno from rpcrdma_register_external()
nfs: define nfs_inc_fscache_stats and using it as possible
nfs: replace nfs_add_stats with nfs_inc_stats when add one
NFS: Deletion of unnecessary checks before the function call "nfs_put_client"
sunrpc: eliminate RPC_TRACEPOINTS
sunrpc: eliminate RPC_DEBUG
lockd: eliminate LOCKD_DEBUG
...
Conflicts:
drivers/net/ethernet/amd/xgbe/xgbe-desc.c
drivers/net/ethernet/renesas/sh_eth.c
Overlapping changes in both conflict cases.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Making things const is a good thing.
(x86-64 defconfig with all irda)
$ size net/irda/built-in.o*
text data bss dec hex filename
109276 1868 244 111388 1b31c net/irda/built-in.o.new
108828 2316 244 111388 1b31c net/irda/built-in.o.old
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It's better when function pointer arrays aren't modifiable.
Net change:
$ size net/llc/built-in.o.*
text data bss dec hex filename
61193 12758 1344 75295 1261f net/llc/built-in.o.new
47113 27030 1344 75487 126df net/llc/built-in.o.old
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It's better when function pointer arrays aren't modifiable.
Net change from original:
$ size net/llc/built-in.o.*
text data bss dec hex filename
61065 12886 1344 75295 1261f net/llc/built-in.o.new
47113 27030 1344 75487 126df net/llc/built-in.o.old
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It's better when function pointer arrays aren't modifiable.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch effectively reverts commit 500f808726 ("net: ovs: use CRC32
accelerated flow hash if available"), and other remaining arch_fast_hash()
users such as from nfsd via commit 6282cd5655 ("NFSD: Don't hand out
delegations for 30 seconds after recalling them.") where it has been used
as a hash function for bloom filtering.
While we think that these users are actually not much of concern, it has
been requested to remove the arch_fast_hash() library bits that arose
from [1] entirely as per recent discussion [2]. The main argument is that
using it as a hash may introduce bias due to its linearity (see avalanche
criterion) and thus makes it less clear (though we tried to document that)
when this security/performance trade-off is actually acceptable for a
general purpose library function.
Lets therefore avoid any further confusion on this matter and remove it to
prevent any future accidental misuse of it. For the time being, this is
going to make hashing of flow keys a bit more expensive in the ovs case,
but future work could reevaluate a different hashing discipline.
[1] https://patchwork.ozlabs.org/patch/299369/
[2] https://patchwork.ozlabs.org/patch/418756/
Cc: Neil Brown <neilb@suse.de>
Cc: Francesco Fusco <fusco@ntop.org>
Cc: Jesse Gross <jesse@nicira.com>
Cc: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For netlink, we shouldn't be using arch_fast_hash() as a hashing
discipline, but rather jhash() instead.
Since netlink sockets can be opened by any user, a local attacker
would be able to easily create collisions with the DPDK-derived
arch_fast_hash(), which trades off performance for security by
using crc32 CPU instructions on x86_64.
While it might have a legimite use case in other places, it should
be avoided in netlink context, though. As rhashtable's API is very
flexible, we could later on still decide on other hashing disciplines,
if legitimate.
Reference: http://thread.gmane.org/gmane.linux.kernel/1844123
Fixes: e341694e3e ("netlink: Convert netlink_lookup() to use RCU protected hash table")
Cc: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Acked-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
commit 908344cdda ("tipc: fix bug in multicast congestion handling")
introduced a race in the broadcast link wakeup functionality.
This patch eliminates this broadcast link wakeup race caused by
operation on the wakeup list without proper locking. If this race
hit and corrupted the list all subsequent wakeup messages would be
lost, resulting in a considerable memory leak.
Signed-off-by: Richard Alpe <richard.alpe@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: Erik Hugne <erik.hugne@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This change pulls the core functionality out of __netdev_alloc_skb and
places them in a new function named __alloc_rx_skb. The reason for doing
this is to make these bits accessible to a new function __napi_alloc_skb.
In addition __alloc_rx_skb now has a new flags value that is used to
determine which page frag pool to allocate from. If the SKB_ALLOC_NAPI
flag is set then the NAPI pool is used. The advantage of this is that we
do not have to use local_irq_save/restore when accessing the NAPI pool from
NAPI context.
In my test setup I saw at least 11ns of savings using the napi_alloc_skb
function versus the netdev_alloc_skb function, most of this being due to
the fact that we didn't have to call local_irq_save/restore.
The main use case for napi_alloc_skb would be for things such as copybreak
or page fragment based receive paths where an skb is allocated after the
data has been received instead of before.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch splits the netdev_alloc_frag function up so that it can be used
on one of two page frag pools instead of being fixed on the
netdev_alloc_cache. By doing this we can add a NAPI specific function
__napi_alloc_frag that accesses a pool that is only used from softirq
context. The advantage to this is that we do not need to call
local_irq_save/restore which can be a significant savings.
I also took the opportunity to refactor the core bits that were placed in
__alloc_page_frag. First I updated the allocation to do either a 32K
allocation or an order 0 page. This is based on the changes in commmit
d9b2938aa where it was found that latencies could be reduced in case of
failures. Then I also rewrote the logic to work from the end of the page to
the start. By doing this the size value doesn't have to be used unless we
have run out of space for page fragments. Finally I cleaned up the atomic
bits so that we just do an atomic_sub_and_test and if that returns true then
we set the page->_count via an atomic_set. This way we can remove the extra
conditional for the atomic_read since it would have led to an atomic_inc in
the case of success anyway.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The app_tcp_pkt_out() function expects "*diff" to be set and ends up
using uninitialized data if CONFIG_IP_VS_IPV6 is turned on.
The same issue is there in app_tcp_pkt_in(). Thanks to Julian Anastasov
for noticing that.
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Pull scheduler updates from Ingo Molnar:
"The main changes in this cycle are:
- 'Nested Sleep Debugging', activated when CONFIG_DEBUG_ATOMIC_SLEEP=y.
This instruments might_sleep() checks to catch places that nest
blocking primitives - such as mutex usage in a wait loop. Such
bugs can result in hard to debug races/hangs.
Another category of invalid nesting that this facility will detect
is the calling of blocking functions from within schedule() ->
sched_submit_work() -> blk_schedule_flush_plug().
There's some potential for false positives (if secondary blocking
primitives themselves are not ready yet for this facility), but the
kernel will warn once about such bugs per bootup, so the warning
isn't much of a nuisance.
This feature comes with a number of fixes, for problems uncovered
with it, so no messages are expected normally.
- Another round of sched/numa optimizations and refinements, for
CONFIG_NUMA_BALANCING=y.
- Another round of sched/dl fixes and refinements.
Plus various smaller fixes and cleanups"
* 'sched-core-for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/tip/tip: (54 commits)
sched: Add missing rcu protection to wake_up_all_idle_cpus
sched/deadline: Introduce start_hrtick_dl() for !CONFIG_SCHED_HRTICK
sched/numa: Init numa balancing fields of init_task
sched/deadline: Remove unnecessary definitions in cpudeadline.h
sched/cpupri: Remove unnecessary definitions in cpupri.h
sched/deadline: Fix rq->dl.pushable_tasks bug in push_dl_task()
sched/fair: Fix stale overloaded status in the busiest group finding logic
sched: Move p->nr_cpus_allowed check to select_task_rq()
sched/completion: Document when to use wait_for_completion_io_*()
sched: Update comments about CLONE_NEWUTS and CLONE_NEWIPC
sched/fair: Kill task_struct::numa_entry and numa_group::task_list
sched: Refactor task_struct to use numa_faults instead of numa_* pointers
sched/deadline: Don't check CONFIG_SMP in switched_from_dl()
sched/deadline: Reschedule from switched_from_dl() after a successful pull
sched/deadline: Push task away if the deadline is equal to curr during wakeup
sched/deadline: Add deadline rq status print
sched/deadline: Fix artificial overrun introduced by yield_task_dl()
sched/rt: Clean up check_preempt_equal_prio()
sched/core: Use dl_bw_of() under rcu_read_lock_sched()
sched: Check if we got a shallowest_idle_cpu before searching for least_loaded_cpu
...
commit 46e5da40ae (net: qdisc: use rcu prefix and silence
sparse warnings) triggers a spurious warning:
net/sched/sch_fq_codel.c:97 suspicious rcu_dereference_check() usage!
The code should be using the _bh variant of rcu_dereference.
Signed-off-by: Valdis Kletnieks <valdis.kletnieks@vt.edu>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When I cooked commit c3658e8d0f ("tcp: fix possible NULL dereference in
tcp_vX_send_reset()") I missed other spots we could deref a NULL
skb_dst(skb)
Again, if a socket is provided, we do not need skb_dst() to get a
pointer to network namespace : sock_net(sk) is good enough.
Reported-by: Dann Frazier <dann.frazier@canonical.com>
Bisected-by: Dann Frazier <dann.frazier@canonical.com>
Tested-by: Dann Frazier <dann.frazier@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Fixes: ca777eff51 ("tcp: remove dst refcount false sharing for prequeue mode")
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The commit fb9962f3ce ("tipc: ensure all name sequences are properly
protected with its lock") involves below errors:
net/tipc/name_table.c:980 tipc_purge_publications() error: double lock 'spin_lock:&seq->lock'
Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove use of 'swdev' mode in rocker. rocker dev offloads
can use the BRIDGE_FLAGS_SELF to indicate offload to hardware.
Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
John W. Linville says:
====================
pull request: wireless-next 2014-12-08
Please pull this last batch of pending wireless updates for the 3.19 tree...
For the wireless bits, Johannes says:
"This time I have Felix's no-status rate control work, which will allow
drivers to work better with rate control even if they don't have perfect
status reporting. In addition to this, a small hwsim fix from Patrik,
one of the regulatory patches from Arik, and a number of cleanups and
fixes I did myself.
Of note is a patch where I disable CFG80211_WEXT so that compatibility
is no longer selectable - this is intended as a wake-up call for anyone
who's still using it, and is still easily worked around (it's a one-line
patch) before we fully remove the code as well in the future."
For the Bluetooth bits, Johan says:
"Here's one more bluetooth-next pull request for 3.19:
- Minor cleanups for ieee802154 & mac802154
- Fix for the kernel warning with !TASK_RUNNING reported by Kirill A.
Shutemov
- Support for another ath3k device
- Fix for tracking link key based security level
- Device tree bindings for btmrvl + a state update fix
- Fix for wrong ACL flags on LE links"
And...
"In addition to the previous one this contains two more cleanups to
mac802154 as well as support for some new HCI features from the
Bluetooth 4.2 specification.
From the original request:
'Here's what should be the last bluetooth-next pull request for 3.19.
It's rather large but the majority of it is the Low Energy Secure
Connections feature that's part of the Bluetooth 4.2 specification. The
specification went public only this week so we couldn't publish the
corresponding code before that. The code itself can nevertheless be
considered fairly mature as it's been in development for over 6 months
and gone through several interoperability test events.
Besides LE SC the pull request contains an important fix for command
complete events for mgmt sockets which also fixes some leaks of hci_conn
objects when powering off or unplugging Bluetooth adapters.
A smaller feature that's part of the pull request is service discovery
support. This is like normal device discovery except that devices not
matching specific UUIDs or strong enough RSSI are filtered out.
Other changes that the pull request contains are firmware dump support
to the btmrvl driver, firmware download support for Broadcom BCM20702A0
variants, as well as some coding style cleanups in 6lowpan &
ieee802154/mac802154 code.'"
For the NFC bits, Samuel says:
"With this one we get:
- NFC digital improvements for DEP support: Chaining, NACK and ATN
support added.
- NCI improvements: Support for p2p target, SE IO operand addition,
SE operands extensions to support proprietary implementations, and
a few fixes.
- NFC HCI improvements: OPEN_PIPE and NOTIFY_ALL_CLEARED support,
and SE IO operand addition.
- A bunch of minor improvements and fixes for STMicro st21nfcb and
st21nfca"
For the iwlwifi bits, Emmanuel says:
"Major works are CSA and TDLS. On top of that I have a new
firmware API for scan and a few rate control improvements.
Johannes find a few tricks to improve our CPU utilization
and adds support for a new spin of 7265 called 7265D.
Along with this a few random things that don't stand out."
And...
"I deprecate here -8.ucode since -9 has been published long ago.
Along with that I have a new activity, we have now better
a infrastructure for firmware debugging. This will allow to
have configurable probes insides the firmware.
Luca continues his work on NetDetect, this feature is now
complete. All the rest is minor fixes here and there."
For the Atheros bits, Kalle says:
"Only ath10k changes this time and no major changes. Most visible are:
o new debugfs interface for runtime firmware debugging (Yanbo)
o fix shared WEP (Sujith)
o don't rebuild whenever kernel version changes (Johannes)
o lots of refactoring to make it easier to add new hw support (Michal)
There's also smaller fixes and improvements with no point of listing
here."
In addition, there are a few last minute updates to ath5k,
ath9k, brcmfmac, brcmsmac, mwifiex, rt2x00, rtlwifi, and wil6210.
Also included is a pull of the wireless tree to pick-up the fixes
originally included in "pull request: wireless 2014-12-03"...
Please let me know if there are problems!
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
the queue length of sd->input_pkt_queue has been put into qlen,
and impossible to change, since hold the lock
Signed-off-by: Li RongQing <roy.qing.li@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Sergei Shtylyov <sergei.shtylyov@cogentembedded.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1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=icE1
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'linux-can-next-for-3.19-20141207' of git://gitorious.org/linux-can/linux-can-next
Marc Kleine-Budde says:
====================
pull-request: can-next 2014-12-07
this is a pull request of 8 patches for net-next/master.
Andri Yngvason contributes 4 patches in which the CAN state change
handling is consolidated and unified among the sja1000, mscan and
flexcan driver. The three patches by Jeremiah Mahler fix spelling
mistakes and eliminate the banner[] variable in various parts. And a
patch by me that switches on sparse endianess checking by default.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 95bd09eb27 ("tcp: TSO packets automatic sizing") tried to
control TSO size, but did this at the wrong place (sendmsg() time)
At sendmsg() time, we might have a pessimistic view of flow rate,
and we end up building very small skbs (with 2 MSS per skb).
This is bad because :
- It sends small TSO packets even in Slow Start where rate quickly
increases.
- It tends to make socket write queue very big, increasing tcp_ack()
processing time, but also increasing memory needs, not necessarily
accounted for, as fast clones overhead is currently ignored.
- Lower GRO efficiency and more ACK packets.
Servers with a lot of small lived connections suffer from this.
Lets instead fill skbs as much as possible (64KB of payload), but split
them at xmit time, when we have a precise idea of the flow rate.
skb split is actually quite efficient.
Patch looks bigger than necessary, because TCP Small Queue decision now
has to take place after the eventual split.
As Neal suggested, introduce a new tcp_tso_autosize() helper, so that
tcp_tso_should_defer() can be synchronized on same goal.
Rename tp->xmit_size_goal_segs to tp->gso_segs, as this variable
contains number of mss that we can put in GSO packet, and is not
related to the autosizing goal anymore.
Tested:
40 ms rtt link
nstat >/dev/null
netperf -H remote -l -2000000 -- -s 1000000
nstat | egrep "IpInReceives|IpOutRequests|TcpOutSegs|IpExtOutOctets"
Before patch :
Recv Send Send
Socket Socket Message Elapsed
Size Size Size Time Throughput
bytes bytes bytes secs. 10^6bits/s
87380 2000000 2000000 0.36 44.22
IpInReceives 600 0.0
IpOutRequests 599 0.0
TcpOutSegs 1397 0.0
IpExtOutOctets 2033249 0.0
After patch :
Recv Send Send
Socket Socket Message Elapsed
Size Size Size Time Throughput
bytes bytes bytes secs. 10^6bits/sec
87380 2000000 2000000 0.36 44.27
IpInReceives 221 0.0
IpOutRequests 232 0.0
TcpOutSegs 1397 0.0
IpExtOutOctets 2013953 0.0
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Acked-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
... making both non-draining. That means that tcp_recvmsg() becomes
non-draining. And _that_ would break iscsit_do_rx_data() unless we
a) make sure tcp_recvmsg() is uniformly non-draining (it is)
b) make sure it copes with arbitrary (including shifted)
iov_iter (it does, all it uses is iov_iter primitives)
c) make iscsit_do_rx_data() initialize ->msg_iter only once.
Fortunately, (c) is doable with minimal work and we are rid of one
the two places where kernel send/recvmsg users would be unhappy with
non-draining behaviour.
Actually, that makes all but one of ->recvmsg() instances iov_iter-clean.
The exception is skcipher_recvmsg() and it also isn't hard to convert
to primitives (iov_iter_get_pages() is needed there). That'll wait
a bit - there's some interplay with ->sendmsg() path for that one.
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Just use copy_from_iter(). That's what this method is trying to do
in all cases, in a very convoluted fashion.
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Note that the code _using_ ->msg_iter at that point will be very
unhappy with anything other than unshifted iovec-backed iov_iter.
We still need to convert users to proper primitives.
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
it'll die soon enough - now that kvec-backed iov_iter works regardless
of set_fs(), both instances will become copy_from_iter() as soon as
we introduce ->msg_iter...
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Since commit f886497212 ("ipv4: fix dst race in sk_dst_get()")
DST_NOCACHE dst_entries get freed by RCU. So there is no need to get a
reference on them when we are in rcu protected sections.
Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Reviewed-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Respect what the caller passed to ovs_tunnel_get_egress_info.
Fixes: 8f0aad6f35 ("openvswitch: Extend packet attribute for egress tunnel info")
Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Reviewed-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce helper function do_sock_sendmsg() to simplify sock_sendmsg{_nosec},
and replace reduplicate code.
Signed-off-by: Gu Zheng <guz.fnst@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In commit 2b4636a5f8 ("tcp_cubic: make the delay threshold of HyStart
less sensitive"), HYSTART_DELAY_MIN was changed to 4 ms.
The remaining problem is that using delay_min + (delay_min/16) as the
threshold is too sensitive.
6.25 % of variation is too small for rtt above 60 ms, which are not
uncommon.
Lets use 12.5 % instead (delay_min + (delay_min/8))
Tested:
80 ms RTT between peers, FQ/pacing packet scheduler on sender.
10 bulk transfers of 10 seconds :
nstat >/dev/null
for i in `seq 1 10`
do
netperf -H remote -- -k THROUGHPUT | grep THROUGHPUT
done
nstat | grep Hystart
With the 6.25 % threshold :
THROUGHPUT=20.66
THROUGHPUT=249.38
THROUGHPUT=254.10
THROUGHPUT=14.94
THROUGHPUT=251.92
THROUGHPUT=237.73
THROUGHPUT=19.18
THROUGHPUT=252.89
THROUGHPUT=21.32
THROUGHPUT=15.58
TcpExtTCPHystartTrainDetect 2 0.0
TcpExtTCPHystartTrainCwnd 4756 0.0
TcpExtTCPHystartDelayDetect 5 0.0
TcpExtTCPHystartDelayCwnd 180 0.0
With the 12.5 % threshold
THROUGHPUT=251.09
THROUGHPUT=247.46
THROUGHPUT=250.92
THROUGHPUT=248.91
THROUGHPUT=250.88
THROUGHPUT=249.84
THROUGHPUT=250.51
THROUGHPUT=254.15
THROUGHPUT=250.62
THROUGHPUT=250.89
TcpExtTCPHystartTrainDetect 1 0.0
TcpExtTCPHystartTrainCwnd 3175 0.0
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Tested-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When deploying FQ pacing, one thing we noticed is that CUBIC Hystart
triggers too soon.
Having SNMP counters to have an idea of how often the various Hystart
methods trigger is useful prior to any modifications.
This patch adds SNMP counters tracking, how many time "ack train" or
"Delay" based Hystart triggers, and cumulative sum of cwnd at the time
Hystart decided to end SS (Slow Start)
myhost:~# nstat -a | grep Hystart
TcpExtTCPHystartTrainDetect 9 0.0
TcpExtTCPHystartTrainCwnd 20650 0.0
TcpExtTCPHystartDelayDetect 10 0.0
TcpExtTCPHystartDelayCwnd 360 0.0
->
Train detection was triggered 9 times, and average cwnd was
20650/9=2294,
Delay detection was triggered 10 times and average cwnd was 36
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It is never called and implementations are void. So just remove it.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
commit 908344cdda ("tipc: fix bug in multicast congestion
handling") introduced two bugs with the bclink wakeup
function. This commit fixes the missing spinlock init for the
waiting_sks list. We also eliminate the race condition
between the waiting_sks length check/dequeue operations in
tipc_bclink_wakeup_users by simply removing the redundant
length check.
Signed-off-by: Erik Hugne <erik.hugne@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Tero Aho <Tero.Aho@coriant.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit ce1a4ea3f1 ("net: avoid one atomic operation in skb_clone()")
took the wrong way to save one atomic operation.
It is actually possible to avoid two atomic operations, if we
do not change skb->fclone values, and only rely on clone_ref
content to signal if the clone is available or not.
skb_clone() can simply use the fast clone if clone_ref is 1.
kfree_skbmem() can avoid the atomic_dec_and_test() if clone_ref is 1.
Note that because we usually free the clone before the original skb,
this particular attempt is only done for the original skb to have better
branch prediction.
SKB_FCLONE_FREE is removed.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Chris Mason <clm@fb.com>
Cc: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
Cc: Vijay Subramanian <subramanian.vijay@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Shewmaker <agshew@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The commit 56bfa7ee7c ("unregister_netdevice : move RTM_DELLINK to
until after ndo_uninit") tried to do this ealier but while doing so
it created a problem. Unfortunately the delayed rtmsg_ifinfo() also
delayed call to fill_info(). So this translated into asking driver
to remove private state and then query it's private state. This
could have catastropic consequences.
This change breaks the rtmsg_ifinfo() into two parts - one takes the
precise snapshot of the device by called fill_info() before calling
the ndo_uninit() and the second part sends the notification using
collected snapshot.
It was brought to notice when last link is deleted from an ipvlan device
when it has free-ed the port and the subsequent .fill_info() call is
trying to get the info from the port.
kernel: [ 255.139429] ------------[ cut here ]------------
kernel: [ 255.139439] WARNING: CPU: 12 PID: 11173 at net/core/rtnetlink.c:2238 rtmsg_ifinfo+0x100/0x110()
kernel: [ 255.139493] Modules linked in: ipvlan bonding w1_therm ds2482 wire cdc_acm ehci_pci ehci_hcd i2c_dev i2c_i801 i2c_core msr cpuid bnx2x ptp pps_core mdio libcrc32c
kernel: [ 255.139513] CPU: 12 PID: 11173 Comm: ip Not tainted 3.18.0-smp-DEV #167
kernel: [ 255.139514] Hardware name: Intel RML,PCH/Ibis_QC_18, BIOS 1.0.10 05/15/2012
kernel: [ 255.139515] 0000000000000009 ffff880851b6b828 ffffffff815d87f4 00000000000000e0
kernel: [ 255.139516] 0000000000000000 ffff880851b6b868 ffffffff8109c29c 0000000000000000
kernel: [ 255.139518] 00000000ffffffa6 00000000000000d0 ffffffff81aaf580 0000000000000011
kernel: [ 255.139520] Call Trace:
kernel: [ 255.139527] [<ffffffff815d87f4>] dump_stack+0x46/0x58
kernel: [ 255.139531] [<ffffffff8109c29c>] warn_slowpath_common+0x8c/0xc0
kernel: [ 255.139540] [<ffffffff8109c2ea>] warn_slowpath_null+0x1a/0x20
kernel: [ 255.139544] [<ffffffff8150d570>] rtmsg_ifinfo+0x100/0x110
kernel: [ 255.139547] [<ffffffff814f78b5>] rollback_registered_many+0x1d5/0x2d0
kernel: [ 255.139549] [<ffffffff814f79cf>] unregister_netdevice_many+0x1f/0xb0
kernel: [ 255.139551] [<ffffffff8150acab>] rtnl_dellink+0xbb/0x110
kernel: [ 255.139553] [<ffffffff8150da90>] rtnetlink_rcv_msg+0xa0/0x240
kernel: [ 255.139557] [<ffffffff81329283>] ? rhashtable_lookup_compare+0x43/0x80
kernel: [ 255.139558] [<ffffffff8150d9f0>] ? __rtnl_unlock+0x20/0x20
kernel: [ 255.139562] [<ffffffff8152cb11>] netlink_rcv_skb+0xb1/0xc0
kernel: [ 255.139563] [<ffffffff8150a495>] rtnetlink_rcv+0x25/0x40
kernel: [ 255.139565] [<ffffffff8152c398>] netlink_unicast+0x178/0x230
kernel: [ 255.139567] [<ffffffff8152c75f>] netlink_sendmsg+0x30f/0x420
kernel: [ 255.139571] [<ffffffff814e0b0c>] sock_sendmsg+0x9c/0xd0
kernel: [ 255.139575] [<ffffffff811d1d7f>] ? rw_copy_check_uvector+0x6f/0x130
kernel: [ 255.139577] [<ffffffff814e11c9>] ? copy_msghdr_from_user+0x139/0x1b0
kernel: [ 255.139578] [<ffffffff814e1774>] ___sys_sendmsg+0x304/0x310
kernel: [ 255.139581] [<ffffffff81198723>] ? handle_mm_fault+0xca3/0xde0
kernel: [ 255.139585] [<ffffffff811ebc4c>] ? destroy_inode+0x3c/0x70
kernel: [ 255.139589] [<ffffffff8108e6ec>] ? __do_page_fault+0x20c/0x500
kernel: [ 255.139597] [<ffffffff811e8336>] ? dput+0xb6/0x190
kernel: [ 255.139606] [<ffffffff811f05f6>] ? mntput+0x26/0x40
kernel: [ 255.139611] [<ffffffff811d2b94>] ? __fput+0x174/0x1e0
kernel: [ 255.139613] [<ffffffff814e2129>] __sys_sendmsg+0x49/0x90
kernel: [ 255.139615] [<ffffffff814e2182>] SyS_sendmsg+0x12/0x20
kernel: [ 255.139617] [<ffffffff815df092>] system_call_fastpath+0x12/0x17
kernel: [ 255.139619] ---[ end trace 5e6703e87d984f6b ]---
Signed-off-by: Mahesh Bandewar <maheshb@google.com>
Reported-by: Toshiaki Makita <makita.toshiaki@lab.ntt.co.jp>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Part of the old remote management feature is a piece of code
that checked permissions on the local system to see if a certain
operation was permitted, and if so pass the command to a remote
node. This serves no purpose after the removal of remote management
with commit 5902385a24 ("tipc: obsolete the remote management
feature") so we remove it.
Signed-off-by: Erik Hugne <erik.hugne@ericsson.com>
Reviewed-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Reviewed-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To accomodate for enough headroom for tunnels, use MAX_HEADER instead
of LL_MAX_HEADER. Robert reported that he has hit after roughly 40hrs
of trinity an skb_under_panic() via SCTP output path (see reference).
I couldn't reproduce it from here, but not using MAX_HEADER as elsewhere
in other protocols might be one possible cause for this.
In any case, it looks like accounting on chunks themself seems to look
good as the skb already passed the SCTP output path and did not hit
any skb_over_panic(). Given tunneling was enabled in his .config, the
headroom would have been expanded by MAX_HEADER in this case.
Reported-by: Robert Święcki <robert@swiecki.net>
Reference: https://lkml.org/lkml/2014/12/1/507
Fixes: 594ccc14df ("[SCTP] Replace incorrect use of dev_alloc_skb with alloc_skb in sctp_packet_transmit().")
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Vlad Yasevich <vyasevich@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
xchg is atomic, so there is no necessary to use spin_lock/spin_unlock
to protect it. At last, remove the redundant
opt = xchg(&inet6_sk(sk)->opt, opt); statement.
Signed-off-by: Duan Jiong <duanj.fnst@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is nice kernel helper to escape a given strings by provided rules. Let's
use it instead of custom approach.
Signed-off-by: Andy Shevchenko <andriy.shevchenko@linux.intel.com>
[bfields@redhat.com: fix length calculation]
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
...move the WARN_ON_ONCE inside the following if block since they use
the same condition.
Signed-off-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@primarydata.com>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
These were useful when I was tracking down a race condition between
svc_xprt_do_enqueue and svc_get_next_xprt.
Signed-off-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@primarydata.com>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
Testing has shown that the pool->sp_lock can be a bottleneck on a busy
server. Every time data is received on a socket, the server must take
that lock in order to dequeue a thread from the sp_threads list.
Address this problem by eliminating the sp_threads list (which contains
threads that are currently idle) and replacing it with a RQ_BUSY flag in
svc_rqst. This allows us to walk the sp_all_threads list under the
rcu_read_lock and find a suitable thread for the xprt by doing a
test_and_set_bit.
Note that we do still have a potential atomicity problem however with
this approach. We don't want svc_xprt_do_enqueue to set the
rqst->rq_xprt pointer unless a test_and_set_bit of RQ_BUSY returned
zero (which indicates that the thread was idle). But, by the time we
check that, the bit could be flipped by a waking thread.
To address this, we acquire a new per-rqst spinlock (rq_lock) and take
that before doing the test_and_set_bit. If that returns false, then we
can set rq_xprt and drop the spinlock. Then, when the thread wakes up,
it must set the bit under the same spinlock and can trust that if it was
already set then the rq_xprt is also properly set.
With this scheme, the case where we have an idle thread no longer needs
to take the highly contended pool->sp_lock at all, and that removes the
bottleneck.
That still leaves one issue: What of the case where we walk the whole
sp_all_threads list and don't find an idle thread? Because the search is
lockess, it's possible for the queueing to race with a thread that is
going to sleep. To address that, we queue the xprt and then search again.
If we find an idle thread at that point, we can't attach the xprt to it
directly since that might race with a different thread waking up and
finding it. All we can do is wake the idle thread back up and let it
attempt to find the now-queued xprt.
Signed-off-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@primarydata.com>
Tested-by: Chris Worley <chris.worley@primarydata.com>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
In a later patch, we'll be removing some spinlocking around the socket
and thread queueing code in order to fix some contention problems. At
that point, the stats counters will no longer be protected by the
sp_lock.
Change the counters to atomic_long_t fields, except for the
"sockets_queued" counter which will still be manipulated under a
spinlock.
Signed-off-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@primarydata.com>
Tested-by: Chris Worley <chris.worley@primarydata.com>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
...also make the manipulation of sp_all_threads list use RCU-friendly
functions.
Signed-off-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@primarydata.com>
Tested-by: Chris Worley <chris.worley@primarydata.com>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
Currently all svc_create callers pass in NULL for the shutdown parm,
which then gets fixed up to be svc_rpcb_cleanup if the service uses
rpcbind.
Simplify this by instead having the the only caller that requires it
(lockd) pass in svc_rpcb_cleanup and get rid of the special casing.
Signed-off-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@primarydata.com>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
The way that svc_wake_up works is a bit inefficient. It walks all of the
available pools for a service and either wakes up a task in each one or
sets the SP_TASK_PENDING flag in each one.
When svc_wake_up is called, there is no need to wake up more than one
thread to do this work. In practice, only lockd currently uses this
function and it's single threaded anyway. Thus, this just boils down to
doing a wake up of a thread in pool 0 or setting a single flag.
Eliminate the for loop in this function and change it to just operate on
pool 0. Also update the comments that sit above it and get rid of some
code that has been commented out for years now.
Signed-off-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@primarydata.com>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
In a later patch, we'll want to be able to handle this flag without
holding the sp_lock. Change this field to an unsigned long flags
field, and declare a new flag in it that can be managed with atomic
bitops.
Signed-off-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@primarydata.com>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
In a later patch, we're going to need some atomic bit flags. Since that
field will need to be an unsigned long, we mitigate that space
consumption by migrating some other bitflags to the new field. Start
with the rq_secure flag.
Signed-off-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@primarydata.com>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
Highlights include:
Features:
- NFSv4.2 client support for hole punching and preallocation.
- Further RPC/RDMA client improvements.
- Add more RPC transport debugging tracepoints.
- Add RPC debugging tools in debugfs.
Bugfixes:
- Stable fix for layoutget error handling
- Fix a change in COMMIT behaviour resulting from the recent io code updates
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1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=wOP3
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'nfs-for-3.19-1' into nfsd for-3.19 branch
Mainly what I need is 860a0d9e51 "sunrpc: add some tracepoints in
svc_rqst handling functions", which subsequent server rpc patches from
jlayton depend on. I'm merging this later tag on the assumption that's
more likely to be a tested and stable point.
This merely fixes sparse warnings, without actually
adding support for the new APIs.
Still working out the best way to enable the new
functionality.
Signed-off-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
net/bluetooth/smp.c:2650:9-16: WARNING: ERR_CAST can be used with tfm_aes
Use ERR_CAST inlined function instead of ERR_PTR(PTR_ERR(...))
Generated by: scripts/coccinelle/api/err_cast.cocci
Signed-off-by: Fengguang Wu <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Steffen Klassert says:
====================
pull request (net-next): ipsec-next 2014-12-03
1) Fix a set but not used warning. From Fabian Frederick.
2) Currently we make sequence number values available to userspace
only if we use ESN. Make the sequence number values also available
for non ESN states. From Zhi Ding.
3) Remove socket policy hashing. We don't need it because socket
policies are always looked up via a linked list. From Herbert Xu.
4) After removing socket policy hashing, we can use __xfrm_policy_link
in xfrm_policy_insert. From Herbert Xu.
5) Add a lookup method for vti6 tunnels with wildcard endpoints.
I forgot this when I initially implemented vti6.
Please pull or let me know if there are problems.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch extends the set/get_rxfh ethtool-options for getting or
setting the RSS hash function.
It modifies drivers implementation of set/get_rxfh accordingly.
This change also delegates the responsibility of checking whether a
modification to a certain RX flow hash parameter is supported to the
driver implementation of set_rxfh.
User-kernel API is done through the new hfunc bitmask field in the
ethtool_rxfh struct. A bit set in the hfunc field is corresponding to an
index in the new string-set ETH_SS_RSS_HASH_FUNCS.
Got approval from most of the relevant driver maintainers that their
driver is using Toeplitz, and for the few that didn't answered, also
assumed it is Toeplitz.
Cc: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
Cc: Ariel Elior <ariel.elior@qlogic.com>
Cc: Prashant Sreedharan <prashant@broadcom.com>
Cc: Michael Chan <mchan@broadcom.com>
Cc: Hariprasad S <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Cc: Sathya Perla <sathya.perla@emulex.com>
Cc: Subbu Seetharaman <subbu.seetharaman@emulex.com>
Cc: Ajit Khaparde <ajit.khaparde@emulex.com>
Cc: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Cc: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Cc: Bruce Allan <bruce.w.allan@intel.com>
Cc: Carolyn Wyborny <carolyn.wyborny@intel.com>
Cc: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Cc: Greg Rose <gregory.v.rose@intel.com>
Cc: Matthew Vick <matthew.vick@intel.com>
Cc: John Ronciak <john.ronciak@intel.com>
Cc: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Cc: Amir Vadai <amirv@mellanox.com>
Cc: Solarflare linux maintainers <linux-net-drivers@solarflare.com>
Cc: Shradha Shah <sshah@solarflare.com>
Cc: Shreyas Bhatewara <sbhatewara@vmware.com>
Cc: "VMware, Inc." <pv-drivers@vmware.com>
Cc: Ben Hutchings <ben@decadent.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: Eyal Perry <eyalpe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Amir Vadai <amirv@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
since head->handle == handle (checked before), just assign handle.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
rcu variant is not correct here. The code is called by updater (rtnl
lock is held), not by reader (no rcu_read_lock is held).
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
rcu variant is not correct here. The code is called by updater (rtnl
lock is held), not by reader (no rcu_read_lock is held).
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
ACKed-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Convert tipc name table read-write lock to RCU. After this change,
a new spin lock is used to protect name table on write side while
RCU is applied on read side.
Signed-off-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Reviewed-by: Erik Hugne <erik.hugne@ericsson.com>
Reviewed-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Tested-by: Erik Hugne <erik.hugne@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When a list_head variable is seen as a new entry to be added to a
list head, it's unnecessary to be initialized with INIT_LIST_HEAD().
Signed-off-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Reviewed-by: Erik Hugne <erik.hugne@ericsson.com>
Reviewed-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Tested-by: Erik Hugne <erik.hugne@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When tipc name sequence is published, name table lock is released
before name sequence buffer is delivered to remote nodes through its
underlying unicast links. However, when name sequence is withdrawn,
the name table lock is held until the transmission of the removal
message of name sequence is finished. During the process, node lock
is nested in name table lock. To prevent node lock from being nested
in name table lock, while withdrawing name, we should adopt the same
locking policy of publishing name sequence: name table lock should
be released before message is sent.
Signed-off-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Reviewed-by: Erik Hugne <erik.hugne@ericsson.com>
Reviewed-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Tested-by: Erik Hugne <erik.hugne@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As tipc_nametbl_lock is used to protect name_table structure, the lock
must be held while all members of name_table structure are accessed.
However, the lock is not obtained while a member of name_table
structure - local_publ_count is read in tipc_nametbl_publish(), as
a consequence, an inconsistent value of local_publ_count might be got.
Signed-off-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Reviewed-by: Erik Hugne <erik.hugne@ericsson.com>
Reviewed-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Tested-by: Erik Hugne <erik.hugne@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
TIPC internally created a name table which is used to store name
sequences. Now there is a read-write lock - tipc_nametbl_lock to
protect the table, and each name sequence saved in the table is
protected with its private lock. When a name sequence is inserted
or removed to or from the table, its members might need to change.
Therefore, in normal case, the two locks must be held while TIPC
operates the table. However, there are still several places where
we only hold tipc_nametbl_lock without proprerly obtaining name
sequence lock, which might cause the corruption of name sequence.
Signed-off-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Reviewed-by: Erik Hugne <erik.hugne@ericsson.com>
Reviewed-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Tested-by: Erik Hugne <erik.hugne@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As TIPC subscriber server is terminated before name table, no user
depends on subscription list of name sequence when name table is
stopped. Therefore, all name sequences stored in name table should
be released whatever their subscriptions lists are empty or not,
otherwise, memory leak might happen.
Signed-off-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Reviewed-by: Erik Hugne <erik.hugne@ericsson.com>
Reviewed-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Tested-by: Erik Hugne <erik.hugne@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Name table locking policy is going to be adjusted from read-write
lock protection to RCU lock protection in the future commits. But
its essential precondition is to convert the allocation way of name
table from static to dynamic mode.
Signed-off-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Reviewed-by: Erik Hugne <erik.hugne@ericsson.com>
Reviewed-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Tested-by: Erik Hugne <erik.hugne@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The size variable is introduced in publ_list struct to help us exactly
calculate SKB buffer sizes needed by publications when all publications
in name table are delivered in bulk in named_distribute(). But if
publication SKB buffer size is assumed to MTU, the size variable in
publ_list struct can be completely eliminated at the cost of wasting
a bit memory space for last SKB.
Signed-off-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Tero Aho <tero.aho@coriant.com>
Reviewed-by: Erik Hugne <erik.hugne@ericsson.com>
Reviewed-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Tested-by: Erik Hugne <erik.hugne@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The compute_score functions are a bit difficult to read.
Neaten them a bit to reduce object sizes and make them a
bit more intelligible.
Return early to avoid indentation and avoid unnecessary
initializations.
(allyesconfig, but w/ -O2 and no profiling)
$ size net/ipv[46]/udp.o.*
text data bss dec hex filename
28680 1184 25 29889 74c1 net/ipv4/udp.o.new
28756 1184 25 29965 750d net/ipv4/udp.o.old
17600 1010 2 18612 48b4 net/ipv6/udp.o.new
17632 1010 2 18644 48d4 net/ipv6/udp.o.old
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allow reading of timestamps and cmsg at the same time on all relevant
socket families. One use is to correlate timestamps with egress
device, by asking for cmsg IP_PKTINFO.
on AF_INET sockets, call the relevant function (ip_cmsg_recv). To
avoid changing legacy expectations, only do so if the caller sets a
new timestamping flag SOF_TIMESTAMPING_OPT_CMSG.
on AF_INET6 sockets, IPV6_PKTINFO and all other recv cmsg are already
returned for all origins. only change is to set ifindex, which is
not initialized for all error origins.
In both cases, only generate the pktinfo message if an ifindex is
known. This is not the case for ACK timestamps.
The difference between the protocol families is probably a historical
accident as a result of the different conditions for generating cmsg
in the relevant ip(v6)_recv_error function:
ipv4: if (serr->ee.ee_origin == SO_EE_ORIGIN_ICMP) {
ipv6: if (serr->ee.ee_origin != SO_EE_ORIGIN_LOCAL) {
At one time, this was the same test bar for the ICMP/ICMP6
distinction. This is no longer true.
Signed-off-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
----
Changes
v1 -> v2
large rewrite
- integrate with existing pktinfo cmsg generation code
- on ipv4: only send with new flag, to maintain legacy behavior
- on ipv6: send at most a single pktinfo cmsg
- on ipv6: initialize fields if not yet initialized
The recv cmsg interfaces are also relevant to the discussion of
whether looping packet headers is problematic. For v6, cmsgs that
identify many headers are already returned. This patch expands
that to v4. If it sounds reasonable, I will follow with patches
1. request timestamps without payload with SOF_TIMESTAMPING_OPT_TSONLY
(http://patchwork.ozlabs.org/patch/366967/)
2. sysctl to conditionally drop all timestamps that have payload or
cmsg from users without CAP_NET_RAW.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
One line change, in response to catching an occurrence of this bug.
See also fix f4713a3dfa ("net-timestamp: make tcp_recvmsg call ...")
Signed-off-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* device-properties:
leds: leds-gpio: Fix multiple instances registration without 'label' property
leds: leds-gpio: Fix legacy GPIO number case
ACPI / property: Drop size_prop from acpi_dev_get_property_reference()
leds: leds-gpio: Convert gpio_blink_set() to use GPIO descriptors
ACPI / GPIO: Document ACPI GPIO mappings API
net: rfkill: gpio: Add default GPIO driver mappings for ACPI
ACPI / GPIO: Driver GPIO mappings for ACPI GPIOs
input: gpio_keys_polled: Make use of device property API
leds: leds-gpio: Make use of device property API
gpio: Support for unified device properties interface
Driver core: Unified interface for firmware node properties
input: gpio_keys_polled: Add support for GPIO descriptors
leds: leds-gpio: Add support for GPIO descriptors
gpio: sch: Consolidate core and resume banks
gpio / ACPI: Add support for _DSD device properties
misc: at25: Make use of device property API
ACPI: Allow drivers to match using Device Tree compatible property
Driver core: Unified device properties interface for platform firmware
ACPI: Add support for device specific properties
When the host decides to use a non-resolvable private address, it
must ensure that this generated address does not match the public
address of the controller. Add an extra check to ensure this required
behavior.
In addition rename the variable from urpa to nrpa and fix all of the
comments in the code that use the term unresolvable instead of the
term non-resolvable as used in the Bluetooth specification.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
xfrm_decode_session() was originally designed for the
usage in the receive path where the correct nexthdr offset
is stored in IP6CB(skb)->nhoff. Over time this function
spread to code that is used in the output path (netfilter,
vti) where IP6CB(skb)->nhoff is not set. As a result, we
get a wrong nexthdr and the upper layer flow informations
are wrong. This can leed to incorrect policy lookups.
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
skb->transport_header might not be valid when we do a reverse
decode because the ipv6 tunnel error handlers don't update it
to the inner transport header. This leads to a wrong offset
calculation and to wrong layer 4 informations. We fix this
by using the size of the ipv6 header as the first offset.
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Fix various spelling errors in the comments of the CAN modules.
Signed-off-by: Jeremiah Mahler <jmmahler@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Oliver Hartkopp <socketcan@hartkopp.net>
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
Several CAN modules use a design pattern with a banner[] variable at the
top which defines a string that is used once during init to print the
banner. The string is also embedded with KERN_INFO which makes it
printk() specific.
Improve the code by eliminating the banner[] variable and moving the
string to where it is printed. Then switch from printk(KERN_INFO to
pr_info() for the lines that were changed.
Signed-off-by: Jeremiah Mahler <jmmahler@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Oliver Hartkopp <socketcan@hartkopp.net>
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
The SMP over BR/EDR requests for cross-transport pairing should also
accepted when the debugfs setting force_lesc_support has been enabled.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The SMP over BR/EDR support for cross-transport pairing should also be
enabled when the debugfs setting force_lesc_support has been enabled.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
introduce new setsockopt() command:
setsockopt(sock, SOL_SOCKET, SO_ATTACH_BPF, &prog_fd, sizeof(prog_fd))
where prog_fd was received from syscall bpf(BPF_PROG_LOAD, attr, ...)
and attr->prog_type == BPF_PROG_TYPE_SOCKET_FILTER
setsockopt() calls bpf_prog_get() which increments refcnt of the program,
so it doesn't get unloaded while socket is using the program.
The same eBPF program can be attached to multiple sockets.
User task exit automatically closes socket which calls sk_filter_uncharge()
which decrements refcnt of eBPF program
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Following patch fixes typo in the flow validation. This prevented
installation of ARP and IPv6 flows.
Fixes: 19e7a3df72 ("openvswitch: Fix NDP flow mask validation")
Signed-off-by: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@nicira.com>
Reviewed-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Set the inner mac header to point to the GRE payload when
doing GRO. This is needed if we proceed to send the packet
through GRE GSO which now uses the inner mac header instead
of inner network header to determine the length of encapsulation
headers.
Fixes: 14051f0452 ("gre: Use inner mac length when computing tunnel length")
Reported-by: Wolfgang Walter <linux@stwm.de>
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter updates for net-next
The following batch contains netfilter updates for net-next. Basically,
enhancements for xt_recent, skip zeroing of timer in conntrack, fix
linking problem with recent redirect support for nf_tables, ipset
updates and a couple of cleanups. More specifically, they are:
1) Rise maximum number per IP address to be remembered in xt_recent
while retaining backward compatibility, from Florian Westphal.
2) Skip zeroing timer area in nf_conn objects, also from Florian.
3) Inspect IPv4 and IPv6 traffic from the bridge to allow filtering using
using meta l4proto and transport layer header, from Alvaro Neira.
4) Fix linking problems in the new redirect support when CONFIG_IPV6=n
and IP6_NF_IPTABLES=n.
And ipset updates from Jozsef Kadlecsik:
5) Support updating element extensions when the set is full (fixes
netfilter bugzilla id 880).
6) Fix set match with 32-bits userspace / 64-bits kernel.
7) Indicate explicitly when /0 networks are supported in ipset.
8) Simplify cidr handling for hash:*net* types.
9) Allocate the proper size of memory when /0 networks are supported.
10) Explicitly add padding elements to hash:net,net and hash:net,port,
because the elements must be u32 sized for the used hash function.
Jozsef is also cooking ipset RCU conversion which should land soon if
they reach the merge window in time.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When the LE Read Local P-256 Public Key command is supported, then
enable its corresponding complete event. And when the LE Generate DHKey
command is supported, enable its corresponding complete event as well.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The new Extended Scanner Filter Policies feature has to be enabled by
selecting the correct filter policy for the scan parameters. This
patch does that when the controller has been enabled to use LE Privacy.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
When the controller sends a LE Direct Advertising Report event, the host
must confirm that the resolvable random address provided matches with
its own identity resolving key. If it does, then that advertising report
needs to be processed. If it does not match, the report needs to be
ignored.
This patch adds full support for handling these new reports and using
them for device discovery and connection handling. This means when a
Bluetooth controller supports the Extended Scanner Filter Policies, it
is possible to use directed advertising with LE privacy.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
When the controller supports the Extended Scanner Filter Policies, it
supports the LE Direct Advertising Report event. However by default
that event is blocked by the LE event mask. It is required to enable
it during controller setup.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
When using Start Service Discovery and when background scanning is used
to report devices, the RSSI is reported or the value 127 is provided in
case RSSI in unavailable.
For Start Discovery the value 0 is reported to keep backwards
compatibility with the existing users.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
When no RSSI value is available then make sure that the result is
filtered out when the RSSI threshold filter is active.
This means that all Bluetooth 1.1 or earlier devices will not
report any results when using a RSSI threshold filter.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The mgmt.c file already has a bluetooth_base_uuid variable which has the
exact same value as the reverse_base_uuid one. This patch removes the
redundant variable.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch fixes the Get Connection Information mgmt command to take
advantage of the new cmd_complete callback. This allows for great
simplifications in the logic for constructing the cmd_complete event.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
When we create the hci_conn object we should properly initialize the
RSSI to HCI_RSSI_INVALID.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch converts the Get Clock Information mgmt command to take
advantage of the new cmd_complete callback for pending commands.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch converts the Start/Stop Discovery mgmt commands to use the
cmd_complete callback of struct pending_cmd. Since both of these
commands return the same parameters as they take as input we can use the
existing generic_cmd_complete() helper for this.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch updates the Unpair Device code to take advantage of the
cmd_complete callback of struct pending_cmd.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch converts the Pair Device mgmt command to use the new
cmd_complete callback for pending mgmt commands. The already existing
pairing_complete() function is exactly what's needed and doesn't need
changing.
In addition to getting the return parameters always right this patch
actually fixes a reference counting bug and memory leak with the
hci_conn that's attached to the pending mgmt command - something that
would occur when powering off or unplugging the adapter while pairing is
in progress.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch converts the user confirmation & PIN code mgmt commands to
take advantage of the new cmd_complete callback for pending mgmt
commands. The patch also adds a new generic addr_cmd_complete() helper
function to be used with commands that send a mgmt_addr_info response
based on a mgmt_addr_info in the beginning of the command parameters.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch converts the Disconnect mgmt command to take advantage of the
new cmd_complete callback that's part of the pending_cmd struct. There
are many commands whose response parameters map 1:1 to the command
parameters and Disconnect is one of them. This patch adds a
generic_cmd_complete() function for such commands that can be reused in
subsequent patches.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
As preparation for making generic cmd_complete responses possible we'll
need to track the parameter length in addition to just a pointer to
them. This patch adds the necessary variable to the pending_cmd struct.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
We've got a couple of generic scenarios where all pending mgmt commands
are processed and responses are sent to them. These scenarios are
powering off the adapter and removing the adapter. So far the code has
been generating cmd_status responses with NOT_POWERED and INVALID_INDEX
resposes respectively, but this violates the mgmt specification for
commands that should always generate a cmd_complete.
This patch adds support for specifying a callback for the pending_cmd
context that each command handler can use for command-specific
cmd_complete event generation. The actual per-command event generators
will come in subsequent patches.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Some have been missing and some have been needed. Just cosmetics.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Schmidt <s.schmidt@samsung.com>
Acked-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Follow coding style of the kernel.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Schmidt <s.schmidt@samsung.com>
Acked-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This might change and we already deliver a copy of the license with
the kernel. This was already removed form the ieee802154 code but
missed here.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Schmidt <s.schmidt@samsung.com>
Acked-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jukka Rissanen <jukka.rissanen@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Currently the discovery filter information are only cleared when the
actual discovery procedure has been stopped. To make sure that none
of the filters interfere with the background scanning and its device
found event reporting, clear the filter before starting background
scanning.
This means that the discovery filter is now cleared before either
Start Discovery, Start Service Discovery or background scanning.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
In case of failure or when unplugging a controller, the allocated
memory for the UUID list of the discovery filter is not freed. Use
the newly introduced helper for reset the discovery filter and with
that also freeing existing memory.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The discovery filter allocates memory for its UUID list. So use
a helper function to free it and reset it to default states.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
This patch adds support for the Start Service Discovery command. It
does all the checks for command parameters and configured the discovery
filter settings correctly. However the actual support for filtering
will be added with another patch.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Pawlowski <jpawlowski@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The previous patch provided the framework for integrating the UUID
filtering into the service discovery. This patch now provides the
actual filter logic.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Pawlowski <jpawlowski@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Using Start Service Discovery provides the option to specifiy a list
of UUID that are used to filter out device found events. This patch
provides the framework for hooking up the UUID filter.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Using Start Service Discovery allows to provide a RSSI threshold. This
patch implements support for filtering out device found events based
on the provided value.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
With the upcoming addition of support for Start Service Discovery, the
discovery handling needs to filter on RSSI and UUID values. For that
they need to be stored in the discovery handling. This patch adds the
appropiate fields and also make sure they are reset when discovery
has been stopped.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Pawlowski <jpawlowski@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
a) make get_proc_ns() return a pointer to struct ns_common
b) mirror ns_ops in dentry->d_fsdata of ns dentries, so that
is_mnt_ns_file() could get away with fewer dereferences.
That way struct proc_ns becomes invisible outside of fs/proc/*.c
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
for now - just move corresponding ->proc_inum instances over there
Acked-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> says:
"This time I have Felix's no-status rate control work, which will allow
drivers to work better with rate control even if they don't have perfect
status reporting. In addition to this, a small hwsim fix from Patrik,
one of the regulatory patches from Arik, and a number of cleanups and
fixes I did myself.
Of note is a patch where I disable CFG80211_WEXT so that compatibility
is no longer selectable - this is intended as a wake-up call for anyone
who's still using it, and is still easily worked around (it's a one-line
patch) before we fully remove the code as well in the future."
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This is the NFC pull request for 3.19.
With this one we get:
- NFC digital improvements for DEP support: Chaining, NACK and ATN
support added.
- NCI improvements: Support for p2p target, SE IO operand addition,
SE operands extensions to support proprietary implementations, and
a few fixes.
- NFC HCI improvements: OPEN_PIPE and NOTIFY_ALL_CLEARED support,
and SE IO operand addition.
- A bunch of minor improvements and fixes for STMicro st21nfcb and
st21nfca
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1
iQIcBAABAgAGBQJUfjvWAAoJEIqAPN1PVmxK46MP/1QFb093QmAK3AfMS7XBZdwg
vgJkZIyFmTeRlDTonRJpv1MXZhPL+JHYK0wGANts1Ba04nZIgK9jzdcqjvd1niD1
Hk9ggHpfxsIl35FfRVcWAUpyb71Ykug2V396gJH2iiHvt2jHr8IsRWOWCVaItWMO
ZpVpV58xkROEu115wjKdrmKijL0xf7/F70RlReV4tOLGip3E/bP7EhutF2s5D8Lt
A5hfauQS3lUJIhlJ1IT59XtdnBSIS5D8OuNYjuJuFkPfIcXAHacEUBrta3KahQPy
kFGYYjj+V0vZA9JQG/j6vomP4AI0pP4DPkwWqgmioaPshkOOktwf1l21IKQrC7aw
h7EFEG6q5AxnL5JFbm4y+b5IEp8ALeVi5rv1xdRZ7/AW/n6FWGrkBHatsJceQgX+
wFhZ52USGHQUzWoJ6SC0O82U831/dgxWm5M42CV5/Bl9d69XX7Om9MWytdjQ94yB
ERoSJcivc+Q30bAiZmvb44ghv3qMGNArlBVVlcN7+3rbz4XOWLhduqCJaUs12fgY
lyGdNHxVVmEeEY9ByOjr6RD1pYpSDgEQSYvn5pbKadX+DqpXHQuGC4JHtbBkzKn0
Se9c442HRBjts0VprJ7wjLgbf5VfqFjtgsfqubD/mcTn61B4/t9zyGgV1VuI7UgL
QxK0m0rB1nOxpdWFesl1
=WHHp
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'nfc-next-3.19-1' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/sameo/nfc-next
Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com> says:
"NFC: 3.19 pull request
This is the NFC pull request for 3.19.
With this one we get:
- NFC digital improvements for DEP support: Chaining, NACK and ATN
support added.
- NCI improvements: Support for p2p target, SE IO operand addition,
SE operands extensions to support proprietary implementations, and
a few fixes.
- NFC HCI improvements: OPEN_PIPE and NOTIFY_ALL_CLEARED support,
and SE IO operand addition.
- A bunch of minor improvements and fixes for STMicro st21nfcb and
st21nfca"
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The actual process of compiling the correct HCI commands for triggering
discovery is something that should be generic. So instead of mixing it
into the Start Discover operation handling, split it out into its own
function utilizing HCI request handling and just providing status in
case of errors or invalid parameters.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Sending the required cmd_complete for the management commands should be
done in one place and not in multiple places. Especially for Start and
Stop Discovery commands this is split into to sending it in case of
failure from the complete handler, but in case of success from the
event state update function triggering mgmt_discovering. This is way
too convoluted and since hci_request serializes the HCI command
processing, send the cmd_complete response from the complete handler
for all cases.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The Start Discovery command has some complicated code when it comes
to error handling. With the future introduction of Start Service
Discovery simplifying this makes it easier to read.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
This patch increments the management interface revision due to the
addition of support for LE Secure Connection feature.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
With the addition of support for Bluetooth Low Energy Secure Connections
feature, it makes sense to increase the minor version of the Bluetooth
core module.
The module version is not used anywhere, but it gives a nice extra
hint for debugging purposes.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Some gcc versions don't seem to be able to properly track the flow of
the smp_cmd_pairing_random() function and end up causing the following
types of (false-positive) warnings:
smp.c:1995:6: warning: ‘nb’ may be used uninitialized in this function [-Wmaybe-uninitialized]
err = smp_g2(smp->tfm_cmac, pkax, pkbx, na, nb, &passkey);
smp.c:1995:6: warning: ‘na’ may be used uninitialized in this function [-Wmaybe-uninitialized]
err = smp_g2(smp->tfm_cmac, pkax, pkbx, na, nb, &passkey);
^
smp.c:1995:6: warning: ‘pkbx’ may be used uninitialized in this function [-Wmaybe-uninitialized]
err = smp_g2(smp->tfm_cmac, pkax, pkbx, na, nb, &passkey);
^
smp.c:1995:6: warning: ‘pkax’ may be used uninitialized in this function [-Wmaybe-uninitialized]
err = smp_g2(smp->tfm_cmac, pkax, pkbx, na, nb, &passkey);
This patch fixes the issue by moving the pkax/pkbx and na/nb
initialization earlier in the function.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The convention for checking for NULL pointers is !ptr and not
ptr == NULL. This patch fixes such an occurrence in smp.c.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
We need to keep debug keys around at least until the point that they are
used - otherwise e.g. slave role behavior wouldn't work as there'd be no
key to be looked up. The correct behavior should therefore be to return
any stored keys but when we clean up the SMP context to remove the key
from the hdev list if keeping debug keys around hasn't been requestsed.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch organizes the various SMP crypto functions so that the LE SC
functions appear in one section and the legacy SMP functions in a
separate one.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Several SMP functions take read-only data. This patch fixes the
declaration of these parameters to use the const specifier as
appropriate.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The various inputs & outputs of the crypto functions as well as the
values of the ECDH keys can be considered security sensitive. They
should therefore not end up in dmesg by mistake. This patch introduces a
new SMP_DBG macro which requires explicit compilation with -DDEBUG to be
enabled. All crypto related data logs now use this macro instead of
BT_DBG.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds basic OOB pairing support when we've received the remote
OOB data. This includes tracking the remote r value (in smp->rr) as well
as doing the appropriate f4() call when needed. Previously the OOB rand
would have been stored in smp->rrnd however these are actually two
independent values so we need separate variables for them. Na/Nb in the
spec maps to smp->prnd/rrnd and ra/rb maps to smp->rr with smp->pr to
come once local OOB data is supported.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
If we have OOB data available for the remote device in question we
should set the OOB flag appropriately in the SMP pairing request or
response.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds proper support for passing LE OOB data to the
hci_add_remote_oob_data() function. For LE the 192-bit values are not
valid and should therefore be passed as NULL values.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
To be able to support OOB data for LE pairing we need to store the
address type of the remote device. This patch extends the relevant
functions and data types with a bdaddr_type variable.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
There's no need to duplicate code for the 192 vs 192+256 variants of the
OOB data functions. This is also helpful to pave the way to support LE
SC OOB data where only 256 bit data is provided.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
When Secure Connections-only mode is enabled we should reject any
pairing command that does not have Secure Connections set in the
authentication requirements. This patch adds the appropriate logic for
this to the command handlers of Pairing Request/Response and Security
Request.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
When doing SMP over BR/EDR some of the routines can be shared with the
LE functionality whereas others needs to be split into their own BR/EDR
specific branches. This patch implements the split of BR/EDR specific
SMP code from the LE-only code, making sure SMP over BR/EDR works as
specified.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds the very basic code for creating and destroying SMP
L2CAP channels for BR/EDR connections.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
To make it possible to use LE SC functionality over BR/EDR with pre-4.1
controllers (that do not support BR/EDR SC links) it's useful to be able
to force LE SC operations even over a traditional SSP protected link.
This patch adds a debugfs switch to force a special debug flag which is
used to skip the checks for BR/EDR SC support.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
For LE Secure Connections we want to trigger cross transport key
generation only if a new link key was actually created during the BR/EDR
connection. This patch adds a new flag to track this information.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The HCI_USE_DEBUG_KEYS flag is intended to force our side to always use
debug keys for pairing. This means both BR/EDR SSP as well as SMP with
LE Secure Connections. This patch updates the SMP code to use the debug
keys instead of generating a random local key pair when the flag is set.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Since we don not actively try to clear the keypress notification bit we
might get these PDUs. To avoid failing the pairing process add a simple
dummy handler for these for now.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
According to the LE SC specification the initiating device sends its
DHKey check first and the non-initiating devices sends its DHKey check
as a response to this. It's also important that the non-initiating
device doesn't send the response if it's still waiting for user input.
In order to synchronize all this a new flag is added.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The passkey entry mechanism involves either both sides requesting the
user for a passkey, or one side requesting the passkey while the other
one displays it. The behavior as far as SMP PDUs are concerned are
considerably different from numeric comparison and therefore requires
several new functions to handle it.
In essence passkey entry involves both sides gradually committing to
each bit of the passkey which involves 20 rounds of pairing confirm and
pairing random PDUS being sent in both directions.
This patch adds a new smp->passkey_round variable to track the current
round of the passkey commitment and reuses the variables already present
in struct hci_conn for the passkey and entered key count.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
We need to set the correct Link Key type based on the properties of the
LE SC pairing that it was derived from. If debug keys were used the type
should be a debug key, and the authenticated vs unauthenticated
information should be set on what kind of security level was reached.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
If the just-works method was chosen we shouldn't send anything to user
space but simply proceed with sending the DHKey Check PDU. This patch
adds the necessary code for it.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
After generating the LTK we should set the correct type (normal SC or
debug) and authentication information for it.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
It is very unlikely, but to have a 100% guarantee of the generated key
type we need to reject any keys which happen to match the debug key.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
We need to be able to detect if the remote side used a debug key for the
pairing. This patch adds the debug key defines and sets a flag to
indicate that a debug key was used. The debug private key (debug_sk) is
also added in this patch but will only be used in a subsequent patch
when local debug key support is implemented.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds code to select the authentication method for Secure
Connections based on the local and remote capabilities. A new
DSP_PASSKEY method is also added for displaying the passkey - something
that is not part of legacy SMP pairing.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
For Secure Connections we'll select the authentication method as soon as
we receive the public key, but only use it later (both when actually
triggering the method as well as when determining the quality of the
resulting LTK). Store the method therefore in the SMP context.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
As the last step of the LE SC pairing process it's time to generate and
distribute keys. The generation part is unique to LE SC and so this
patch adds a dedicated function for it. We also clear the distribution
bits for keys which are not distributed with LE SC, so that the code
shared with legacy SMP will not go ahead and try to distribute them.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Once we receive the DHKey check PDU it's time to first verify that the
value is correct and then proceed with encrypting the link.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
With LE SC, once the user has responded to the numeric comparison it's
time to send DHKey check values in both directions. The DHKey check
value is generated using new smp_f5 and smp_f6 cryptographic functions.
The smp_f5 function is responsible for generating the LTK and the MacKey
values whereas the smp_f6 function takes the MacKey as input and
generates the DHKey Check value.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
After the Pairing Confirm and Random PDUs have been exchanged in LE SC
it's time to generate a numeric comparison value using a new smp_g2
cryptographic function (which also builds on AES-CMAC). This patch adds
the smp_g2 implementation and updates the Pairing Random PDU handler to
proceed with the value genration and user confirmation.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
When LE SC is being used we should always respond to it by sending our
local random number. This patch adds a convenience function for it which
also contains a check for the pre-requisite public key exchange
completion
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Once the public key exchange is complete the next step is for the
non-initiating device to send a SMP Pairing Confirm PDU to the
initiating device. This requires the use of a new smp_f4 confirm value
generation function which in turn builds on the AES-CMAC cryptographic
function.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds a handler function for the LE SC SMP Public Key PDU.
When we receive the key we proceed with generating the shared DHKey
value from the remote public key and local private key.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
When the initial pairing request & response PDUs have been exchanged and
both have had the LE SC bit set the next step is to generate a ECDH
key pair and to send the public key to the remote side. This patch adds
basic support for generating the key pair and sending the public key
using the new Public Key SMP PDU. It is the initiating device that sends
the public key first and the non-initiating device responds by sending
its public key respectively (in a subsequent patch).
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds a simple ECC library that will act as a fundamental
building block for LE Secure Connections. The library has a simple API
consisting of two functions: one for generating a public/private key
pair and another one for generating a Diffie-Hellman key from a local
private key and a remote public key.
The code has been taken from https://github.com/kmackay/easy-ecc and
modified to conform with the kernel coding style.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Most of the LE Secure Connections SMP crypto functions build on top of
the AES-CMAC function. This patch adds access to AES-CMAC in the kernel
crypto subsystem by allocating a crypto_hash handle for it in a similar
way that we have one for AES-CBC.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Depending on whether Secure Connections is enabled or not we may need to add
the link key generation bit to the key distribution. This patch does the
necessary modifications to the build_pairing_cmd() function.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Now that hci_find_ltk_by_addr is the only LTK lookup function there's no
need to keep the long name anymore. This patch shortens the function
name to simply hci_find_ltk.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Now that LTKs are always looked up based on bdaddr (with EDiv/Rand
checks done after a successful lookup) the hci_find_ltk function is not
needed anymore. This patch removes the function.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
LTKs derived from Secure Connections based pairing are symmetric, i.e.
they should match both master and slave role. This patch updates the LTK
lookup functions to ignore the desired role when dealing with SC LTKs.
Furthermore, with Secure Connections the EDiv and Rand values are not
used and should always be set to zero. This patch updates the LTK lookup
to first use the bdaddr as key and then do the necessary verifications
of EDiv and Rand based on whether the found LTK is for SC or not.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Since LE Secure Connections is a purely host-side feature we should
offer the Secure Connections mgmt setting for any adapter with LE
support. This patch updates the supported settings value and the
set_secure_conn command handler accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Since the HCI_SC_ENABLED flag will also be used for controllers without
BR/EDR Secure Connections support whenever we need to check specifically
for SC for BR/EDR we also need to check that the controller actually
supports it. This patch adds a convenience macro for check all the
necessary conditions and converts the places in the code that need it to
use it.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
When the looked-up LTK is one generated by Secure Connections pairing
the security level it gives is BT_SECURITY_FIPS. This patch updates the
LTK request event handler to correctly set this level.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
We need a dedicated LTK type for LTK resulting from a Secure Connections
based SMP pairing. This patch adds a new define for it and ensures that
both the New LTK event as well as the Load LTKs command supports it.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch updates the functions which map the SMP authentication
request to a security level and vice-versa to take into account the
Secure Connections feature.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds a new SMP flag for tracking whether Secure Connections
is in use and sets the flag when both remote and local side have elected
to use Secure Connections.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
If we haven't enabled SC support on our side we should use the same mask
for the authentication requirement as we were using before SC support
was added, otherwise we should use the extended mask for SC.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds basic SMP defines for commands, error codes and PDU
definitions for the LE Secure Connections feature.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The elements must be u32 sized for the used hash function.
Signed-off-by: Jozsef Kadlecsik <kadlec@blackhole.kfki.hu>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Sven-Haegar Koch reported the issue:
sims:~# iptables -A OUTPUT -m set --match-set testset src -j ACCEPT
iptables: Invalid argument. Run `dmesg' for more information.
In syslog:
x_tables: ip_tables: set.3 match: invalid size 48 (kernel) != (user) 32
which was introduced by the counter extension in ipset.
The patch fixes the alignment issue with introducing a new set match
revision with the fixed underlying 'struct ip_set_counter_match'
structure.
Signed-off-by: Jozsef Kadlecsik <kadlec@blackhole.kfki.hu>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
When the set was full (hash type and maxelem reached), it was not
possible to update the extension part of already existing elements.
The patch removes this limitation.
Fixes: https://bugzilla.netfilter.org/show_bug.cgi?id=880
Signed-off-by: Jozsef Kadlecsik <kadlec@blackhole.kfki.hu>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
When we get a Link Key Notification HCI event we should already have a
hci_conn object. This should have been created either in the Connection
Request event handler, the hci_connect_acl() function or the
hci_cs_create_conn() function (if the request was not sent by the
kernel).
Since the only case that we'd end up not having a hci_conn in the Link
Key Notification event handler would be essentially broken hardware it's
safe to simply bail out from the function if this happens.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
To allow brport device to return current brport flags set on port. Add
returned flags to nested IFLA_PROTINFO netlink msg built in dflt getlink.
With this change, netlink msg returned for bridge_getlink contains the port's
offloaded flag settings (the port's SELF settings).
Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Acked-by: Andy Gospodarek <gospo@cumulusnetworks.com>
Acked-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: Andy Gospodarek <gospo@cumulusnetworks.com>
Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When the swdev device learns a new mac/vlan on a port, it sends some async
notification to the driver and the driver installs an FDB in the device.
To give a holistic system view, the learned mac/vlan should be reflected
in the bridge's FBD table, so the user, using normal iproute2 cmds, can view
what is currently learned by the device. This API on the bridge driver gives
a way for the swdev driver to install an FBD entry in the bridge FBD table.
(And remove one).
This is equivalent to the device running these cmds:
bridge fdb [add|del] <mac> dev <dev> vid <vlan id> master
This patch needs some extra eyeballs for review, in paricular around the
locking and contexts.
Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To notify switch driver of change in STP state of bridge port, add new
.ndo op and provide switchdev wrapper func to call ndo op. Use it in bridge
code then.
Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: Andy Gospodarek <gospo@cumulusnetworks.com>
Acked-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Reviewed-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Acked-by: Andy Gospodarek <gospo@cumulusnetworks.com>
Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The netdevice represents a port in a switch, it will expose
IFLA_PHYS_SWITCH_ID value via rtnl. Two netdevices with the same value
belong to one physical switch.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Reviewed-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Acked-by: Andy Gospodarek <gospo@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The goal of this is to provide a possibility to support various switch
chips. Drivers should implement relevant ndos to do so. Now there is
only one ndo defined:
- for getting physical switch id is in place.
Note that user can use random port netdevice to access the switch.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Reviewed-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Acked-by: Andy Gospodarek <gospo@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
So this can be reused for identification of other "items" as well.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Reviewed-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Acked-by: Andy Gospodarek <gospo@cumulusnetworks.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Do the work of parsing NDA_VLAN directly in rtnetlink code, pass simple
u16 vid to drivers from there.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Acked-by: Andy Gospodarek <gospo@cumulusnetworks.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Suggested-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The current name might seem that this actually offloads the fdb entry to
hw. So rename it to clearly present that this for hardware address
addition/removal.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Acked-by: Andy Gospodarek <gospo@cumulusnetworks.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The maximum size of ATR_REQ and ATR_RES is 64 bytes.
The maximum number of General Bytes is calculated by
the maximum number of data bytes in the ATR_REQ/ATR_RES,
substracted by the number of mandatory data bytes.
ATR_REQ: 16 mandatory data bytes, giving a maximum of
48 General Bytes.
ATR_RES: 17 mandatory data bytes, giving a maximum of
47 General Bytes.
Regression introduced in commit a99903ec.
Signed-off-by: Julien Lefrique <lefrique@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Fixing: net/nfc/nci/ntf.c:106:31: warning: cast to restricted __le16
message when building with make C=1 CF=-D__CHECK_ENDIAN__
Signed-off-by: Christophe Ricard <christophe-h.ricard@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Fix warnings:
net/nfc/llcp_commands.c:421:14: warning: incorrect type in assignment (different base types)
net/nfc/llcp_commands.c:421:14: expected unsigned short [unsigned] [usertype] miux
net/nfc/llcp_commands.c:421:14: got restricted __be16
net/nfc/llcp_commands.c:477:14: warning: incorrect type in assignment (different base types)
net/nfc/llcp_commands.c:477:14: expected unsigned short [unsigned] [usertype] miux
net/nfc/llcp_commands.c:477:14: got restricted __be16
Procedure to reproduce:
make ARCH=x86_64 allmodconfig
make C=1 CF=-D__CHECK_ENDIAN__
Signed-off-by: Christophe Ricard <christophe-h.ricard@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Some pipe are only created by other host (different than the
Terminal Host).
The pipe values will for example be notified by
NFC_HCI_ADM_NOTIFY_PIPE_CREATED.
Signed-off-by: Christophe Ricard <christophe-h.ricard@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
se_io allows to send apdu over the CLF to the embedded
Secure Element.
Signed-off-by: Christophe Ricard <christophe-h.ricard@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Some tag might get deactivated after some read or write tentative.
This may happen for example with Mifare Ultralight C tag when trying
to read the last 4 blocks (starting block 0x2c) configured as write
only.
NFC_CMD_ACTIVATE_TARGET will try to reselect the tag in order to
detect if it got remove from the field or if it is still present.
Signed-off-by: Christophe Ricard <christophe-h.ricard@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
nci_rf_deactivate_req only support NCI_DEACTIVATE_TYPE_IDLE_MODE.
In some situation, it might be necessary to be able to support other
NCI_DEACTIVATE_TYPE such as NCI_DEACTIVATE_TYPE_SLEEP_MODE in order for
example to reactivate the selected target.
Signed-off-by: Christophe Ricard <christophe-h.ricard@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
A notification for rf deaction can be IDLE_MODE, SLEEP_MODE,
SLEEP_AF_MODE and DISCOVERY. According to each type and the NCI
state machine is different (see figure 10 RF Communication State
Machine in NCI specification)
Signed-off-by: Christophe Ricard <christophe-h.ricard@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
The nci status byte was ignored. In case of tag reading for example,
if the tag is removed from the antenna there is no way for the upper
layers (aka: stack) to get inform about such event.
Signed-off-by: Christophe Ricard <christophe-h.ricard@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
To pave the way for future fixed channels to be added easily we should
track both the local and remote mask on a per-L2CAP connection (struct
l2cap_conn) basis. So far the code has used a global variable in a racy
way which anyway needs fixing.
This patch renames the existing conn->fixed_chan_mask that tracked
the remote mask to conn->remote_fixed_chan and adds a new variable
conn->local_fixed_chan to track the local mask. Since the HS support
info is now available in the local mask we can remove the
conn->hs_enabled variable.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
When switching from UICC to another, the CLF may signals to the Terminal
Host that some existing pipe are cleared for future update.
This notification needs to be "acked" by the Terminal Host with a ANY_OK
message.
Signed-off-by: Christophe Ricard <christophe-h.ricard@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
If our terminal connect with other host like UICC, it may create
a pipe with us, the host controller will notify us new pipe
created, after that UICC will open that pipe, if we don't handle
that request, UICC may failed to continue initialize which may
lead to card emulation feature failed to work
Signed-off-by: Arron Wang <arron.wang@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Christophe Ricard <christophe-h.ricard@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
se_io allows to send apdu over the CLF to the embedded Secure Element.
Signed-off-by: Christophe Ricard <christophe-h.ricard@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Some NFC controller using NCI protocols may need a proprietary commands
flow to disable a secure element
Signed-off-by: Christophe Ricard <christophe-h.ricard@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Some NFC controller using NCI protocols may need a proprietary commands
flow to enable a secure element
Signed-off-by: Christophe Ricard <christophe-h.ricard@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Some NFC controller using NCI protocols may need a proprietary commands
flow to discover all available secure element
Signed-off-by: Christophe Ricard <christophe-h.ricard@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Fix sparse warning introduced by commit: 9e87f9a9c4
It was generating the following warning:
net/nfc/nci/ntf.c:170:7: sparse: symbol 'nci_get_prop_rf_protocol' was not declared. Should it be static?
Procedure to reproduce it:
# apt-get install sparse
git checkout 9e87f9a9c4
make ARCH=x86_64 allmodconfig
make C=1 CF=-D__CHECK_ENDIAN__
Signed-off-by: Fengguang Wu <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Christophe Ricard <christophe-h.ricard@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
se_io allows to send apdu over the CLF to the embedded Secure Element.
Signed-off-by: Christophe Ricard <christophe-h.ricard@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Currently, it leaks when the allocation fails.
Signed-off-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@primarydata.com>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
All it does is indicate whether a xprt has already been deleted from
a list or not, which is unnecessary since we use list_del_init and it's
always set and checked under the sv_lock anyway.
Signed-off-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@primarydata.com>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
rtnl_link_get_net() holds a reference on the 'struct net', we need to release
it in case of error.
CC: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Fixes: b51642f6d7 ("net: Enable a userns root rtnl calls that are safe for unprivilged users")
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Reviewed-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It incorrectly identifies itself as "IPv4" packet logging.
Signed-off-by: Steven Noonan <steven@uplinklabs.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This can be used by drivers that cannot reliably map tx status
information onto specific skbs.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This op works like .tx_status, except it does not need access to the
skb. This will be used by drivers that cannot match tx status
information to specific packets.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Some variables are assigned unconditionally, remove their
initialisations to help avoid introducing errors later.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When the regulatory settings change, some channels might become invalid.
Disconnect interfaces acting on these channels, after giving userspace
code a grace period to leave them.
This mode is currently opt-in, and not all interface operating modes are
supported for regulatory-enforcement checks. A wiphy that wishes to use
the new enforcement code must specify an appropriate regulatory flag,
and all its supported interface modes must be supported by the checking
code.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@suse.com>
[fix some indentation, typos]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Fixes a crash on attempting to calculate the frame duration for a VHT
packet (which needs to be handled by hw/driver instead).
Reported-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Before signaling the deactivation, send a deactivation request if in
RFST_DISCOVERY state because neard assumes polling is stopped and will
try to restart it.
Signed-off-by: Julien Lefrique <lefrique@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
When the deactivation type reported by RF_DEACTIVATE_NTF is Discovery, go in
RFST_DISCOVERY state. The NFCC stays in Poll mode and/or Listen mode.
Signed-off-by: Julien Lefrique <lefrique@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
As specified in NCI 1.0 and NCI 1.1, when using the NFC-DEP RF Interface, the
DH and the NFCC shall only use the Static RF Connection for data communication
with a Remote NFC Endpoint.
Signed-off-by: Julien Lefrique <lefrique@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
The Target responds to the ATR_REQ with the ATR_RES. Configure the General
Bytes in ATR_RES with the first three octets equal to the NFC Forum LLCP
magic number, followed by some LLC Parameters TLVs described in section
4.5 of [LLCP].
Signed-off-by: Julien Lefrique <lefrique@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Changes:
* Extract the Listen mode activation parameters from RF_INTF_ACTIVATED_NTF.
* Store the General Bytes of ATR_REQ.
* Signal that Target mode is activated in case of an activation in NFC-DEP.
* Update the NCI state accordingly.
* Use the various constants defined in nfc.h.
* Fix the ATR_REQ and ATR_RES maximum size. As per NCI 1.0 and NCI 1.1, the
Activation Parameters for both Poll and Listen mode contain all the bytes of
ATR_REQ/ATR_RES starting and including Byte 3 as defined in [DIGITAL].
In [DIGITAL], the maximum size of ATR_REQ/ATR_RES is 64 bytes and they are
numbered starting from Byte 1.
Signed-off-by: Julien Lefrique <lefrique@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Send LA_SEL_INFO and LF_PROTOCOL_TYPE with NFC-DEP protocol enabled.
Configure 212 Kbit/s and 412 Kbit/s bit rates for Listen F.
Signed-off-by: Julien Lefrique <lefrique@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
The Target mode protocols are given to the nci_start_poll() function
but were previously ignored.
To enable P2P Target, when NFC-DEP is requested as a Target mode protocol, add
NFC-A and NFC-F Passive Listen modes in RF_DISCOVER_CMD command.
Signed-off-by: Julien Lefrique <lefrique@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
list_for_each_entry_safe() is necessary if list objects are deleted from
the list while traversing it. Not the case here, so we can use the base
list_for_each_entry variant.
Signed-off-by: Axel Lin <axel.lin@ingics.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
When an NFC-DEP target receives an ATN PDU, its
supposed to respond with a similar ATN PDU.
When the Target receives an I PDU with the PNI
one less than the current PNI and the last PDU
sent was an ATN PDU, the Target is to resend the
last non-ATN PDU that it has sent. This is
described in section 14.12.3.4 of the NFC Digital
Protocol Spec.
The digital layer's NFC-DEP code doesn't implement
this so add that support.
Reviewed-by: Thierry Escande <thierry.escande@linux.intel.com>
Tested-by: Thierry Escande <thierry.escande@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Mark A. Greer <mgreer@animalcreek.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
When an NFC-DEP Initiator times out when waiting for
a DEP_RES from the Target, its supposed to send an
ATN to the Target. The Target should respond to the
ATN with a similar ATN PDU and the Initiator can then
resend the last non-ATN PDU that it sent. No more
than 'N(retry,atn)' are to be send where
2 <= 'N(retry,atn)' <= 5. If the Initiator had just
sent a NACK PDU when the timeout occurred, it is to
continue sending NACKs until 'N(retry,nack)' NACKs
have been send. This is described in section
14.12.5.6 of the NFC-DEP Digital Protocol Spec.
The digital layer's NFC-DEP code doesn't implement
this so add that support.
The value chosen for 'N(retry,atn)' is 2.
Reviewed-by: Thierry Escande <thierry.escande@linux.intel.com>
Tested-by: Thierry Escande <thierry.escande@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Mark A. Greer <mgreer@animalcreek.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
When an NFC-DEP Target receives a NACK PDU with
a PNI equal to 1 less than the current PNI, it
is supposed to re-send the last PDU. This is
implied in section 14.12.5.4 of the NFC Digital
Protocol Spec.
The digital layer's NFC-DEP code doesn't implement
Target-side NACK handing so add it. The last PDU
that was sent is saved in the 'nfc_digital_dev'
structure's 'saved_skb' member. The skb will have
an additional reference taken to ensure that the skb
isn't freed when the driver performs a kfree_skb()
on the skb. The length of the skb/PDU is also saved
so the length can be restored when re-sending the PDU
in the skb (the driver will perform an skb_pull() so
an skb_push() needs to be done to restore the skb's
data pointer/length).
Reviewed-by: Thierry Escande <thierry.escande@linux.intel.com>
Tested-by: Thierry Escande <thierry.escande@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Mark A. Greer <mgreer@animalcreek.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
When an NFC-DEP Initiator receives a frame with
an incorrect CRC or with a parity error, and the
frame is at least 4 bytes long, its supposed to
send a NACK to the Target. The Initiator can
send up to 'N(retry,nack)' consecutive NACKs
where 2 <= 'N(retry,nack)' <= 5. When the limit
is exceeded, a PROTOCOL EXCEPTION is raised.
Any other type of transmission error is to be
ignored and the Initiator should continue
waiting for a new frame. This is described
in section 14.12.5.4 of the NFC Digital Protocol
Spec.
The digital layer's NFC-DEP code doesn't implement
any of this so add it. This support diverges from
the spec in two significant ways:
a) NACKs will be sent for ANY error reported by the
driver except a timeout. This is done because
there is currently no way for the digital layer
to distinguish a CRC or parity error from any
other type of error reported by the driver.
b) All other errors will cause a PROTOCOL EXCEPTION
even frames with CRC errors that are less than 4
bytes.
The value chosen for 'N(retry,nack)' is 2.
Targets do not send NACK PDUs.
Reviewed-by: Thierry Escande <thierry.escande@linux.intel.com>
Tested-by: Thierry Escande <thierry.escande@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Mark A. Greer <mgreer@animalcreek.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
When the peer in an NFC-DEP exchange has a
packet to send that is larger than the local
maximum payload, it sets the 'MI' bit in the
'I' PDU. This indicates that NFC-DEP chaining
is to occur.
When such a PDU is received, the local side
responds with an 'ACK' PDU and this continues
until the peer sends an 'I' PDU with the 'MI'
bit cleared. This indicates that the chaining
sequence is complete and the entire packet has
been transferred.
Receiving chained PDUs is currently not supported
by the digital layer so add that support. When a
chaining sequence is initiated by the peer, the
digital layer will allocate an skb large enough
to hold 8 maximum sized frame payloads. The maximum
payload can range from 64 to 254 bytes so 8 * 254 =
2032 seems like a reasonable compromise between
potentially wasting memory and constantly reallocating
new, larger skbs.
Reviewed-by: Thierry Escande <thierry.escande@linux.intel.com>
Tested-by: Thierry Escande <thierry.escande@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Mark A. Greer <mgreer@animalcreek.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
When the NFC-DEP code is given a packet to send
that is larger than the peer's maximum payload,
its supposed to set the 'MI' bit in the 'I' PDU's
Protocol Frame Byte (PFB). Setting this bit
indicates that NFC-DEP chaining is to occur.
When NFC-DEP chaining is progress, sender 'I' PDUs
are acknowledged with 'ACK' PDUs until the last 'I'
PDU in the chain (which has the 'MI' bit cleared)
is responded to with a normal 'I' PDU. This can
occur while in Initiator mode or in Target mode.
Sender NFC-DEP chaining is currently not implemented
in the digital layer so add that support. Unfortunately,
since sending a frame may require writing the CRC to the
end of the data, the relevant data part of the original
skb must be copied for each intermediate frame.
Reviewed-by: Thierry Escande <thierry.escande@linux.intel.com>
Tested-by: Thierry Escande <thierry.escande@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Mark A. Greer <mgreer@animalcreek.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
The maximum payload for NFC-DEP exchanges (i.e., the
number of bytes between SoD and EoD) is negotiated
using the ATR_REQ, ATR_RES, and PSL_REQ commands.
The valid maximum lengths are 64, 128, 192, and 254
bytes.
Currently, NFC-DEP code assumes that both sides are
always using 254 byte maximums and ignores attempts
by the peer to change it. Instead, implement the
negotiation code, enforce the local maximum when
receiving data from the peer, and don't send payloads
that exceed the remote's maximum. The default local
maximum is 254 bytes.
Reviewed-by: Thierry Escande <thierry.escande@linux.intel.com>
Tested-by: Thierry Escande <thierry.escande@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Mark A. Greer <mgreer@animalcreek.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
NFC-DEP DEP_REQ and DEP_RES exchanges using 'I'
and 'ACK/NACK' PDUs have a sequence number called
the Packet Number Information (PNI). The PNI
is incremented (modulo 4) after every DEP_REQ/
DEP_RES pair and should be verified by the digital
layer code. That verification isn't always done,
though, so add code to make sure that it is done.
Reviewed-by: Thierry Escande <thierry.escande@linux.intel.com>
Tested-by: Thierry Escande <thierry.escande@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Mark A. Greer <mgreer@animalcreek.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
According to chapter 14 of the NFC-DEP Digital
Protocol Spec., the NAD byte should never be
present in DEP_REQ or DEP_RES frames. However,
this is not enforced so add that enforcement code.
Reviewed-by: Thierry Escande <thierry.escande@linux.intel.com>
Tested-by: Thierry Escande <thierry.escande@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Mark A. Greer <mgreer@animalcreek.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
When in Target mode, the Initiator specifies whether
subsequent DEP_REQ and DEP_RES frames will include
a DID byte by the value passed in the ATR_REQ. If
the DID value in the ATR_REQ is '0' then no DID
byte will be included. If the DID value is between
'1' and '14' then a DID byte containing the same
value must be included in subsequent DEP_REQ and
DEP_RES frames. Any other DID value is invalid.
This is specified in sections 14.8.1.2 and 14.8.2.2
of the NFC Digital Protocol Spec.
Checking the DID value (if it should be there at all),
is not currently supported by the digital layer's
NFC-DEP code. Add this support by remembering the
DID value in the ATR_REQ, checking the DID value of
received DEP_REQ frames (if it should be there at all),
and including the remembered DID value in DEP_RES
frames when appropriate.
Reviewed-by: Thierry Escande <thierry.escande@linux.intel.com>
Tested-by: Thierry Escande <thierry.escande@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Mark A. Greer <mgreer@animalcreek.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
When in Initiator mode, the digital layer's
NFC-DEP code always sets the Device ID (DID)
value in the ATR_REQ to '0'. This means that
subsequent DEP_REQ and DEP_RES frames must
never include a DID byte. This is specified
in sections 14.8.1.1 and 14.8.2.1 of the NFC
Digital Protocol Spec.
Currently, the digital layer's NFC-DEP code
doesn't enforce this rule so add code to ensure
that there is no DID byte in DEP_RES frames.
Reviewed-by: Thierry Escande <thierry.escande@linux.intel.com>
Tested-by: Thierry Escande <thierry.escande@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Mark A. Greer <mgreer@animalcreek.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Rearrange some of the code in digital_in_recv_dep_res()
and digital_tg_recv_dep_req() so the initial code looks
similar. The real reason is prepare the code for some
upcoming patches that require these changes.
Reviewed-by: Thierry Escande <thierry.escande@linux.intel.com>
Tested-by: Thierry Escande <thierry.escande@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Mark A. Greer <mgreer@animalcreek.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
When digital_in_send_cmd() or digital_tg_send_cmd()
fail, they do not free the skb that was passed to
them so the routine that allocated the skb should
free it. Currently, there are several routines in
the NFC-DEP code that don't do this so make them.
Reviewed-by: Thierry Escande <thierry.escande@linux.intel.com>
Tested-by: Thierry Escande <thierry.escande@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Mark A. Greer <mgreer@animalcreek.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
This option has been marked for deprecation and removal for
a little more than two years, but it's not been very clearly
signalled since it was always possible to just select it.
Make it unselectable now to signal anyone who's still using
it after all this time more clearly. They can still get it
back, but only by patching the kernel.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
"Several small fixes here:
1) Don't crash in tg3 driver when the number of tx queues has been
configured to be different from the number of rx queues. From
Thadeu Lima de Souza Cascardo.
2) VLAN filter not disabled properly in promisc mode in ixgbe driver,
from Vlad Yasevich.
3) Fix OOPS on dellink op in VTI tunnel driver, from Xin Long.
4) IPV6 GRE driver WCCP code checks skb->protocol for ETH_P_IP
instead of ETH_P_IPV6, whoops. From Yuri Chislov.
5) Socket matching in ping driver is buggy when packet AF does not
match socket's AF. Fix from Jane Zhou.
6) Fix checksum calculation errors in VXLAN due to where the
udp_tunnel6_xmit_skb() helper gets it's saddr/daddr from. From
Alexander Duyck.
7) Fix 5G detection problem in rtlwifi driver, from Larry Finger.
8) Fix NULL deref in tcp_v{4,6}_send_reset, from Eric Dumazet.
9) Various missing netlink attribute verifications in bridging code,
from Thomas Graf.
10) tcp_recvmsg() unconditionally calls ipv4 ip_recv_error even for
ipv6 sockets, whoops. Fix from Willem de Bruijn"
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (29 commits)
net-timestamp: make tcp_recvmsg call ipv6_recv_error for AF_INET6 socks
bridge: Sanitize IFLA_EXT_MASK for AF_BRIDGE:RTM_GETLINK
bridge: Add missing policy entry for IFLA_BRPORT_FAST_LEAVE
net: Check for presence of IFLA_AF_SPEC
net: Validate IFLA_BRIDGE_MODE attribute length
bridge: Validate IFLA_BRIDGE_FLAGS attribute length
stmmac: platform: fix default values of the filter bins setting
net/mlx4_core: Limit count field to 24 bits in qp_alloc_res
net: dsa: bcm_sf2: reset switch prior to initialization
net: dsa: bcm_sf2: fix unmapping registers in case of errors
tg3: fix ring init when there are more TX than RX channels
tcp: fix possible NULL dereference in tcp_vX_send_reset()
rtlwifi: Change order in device startup
rtlwifi: rtl8821ae: Fix 5G detection problem
Revert "netfilter: conntrack: fix race in __nf_conntrack_confirm against get_next_corpse"
vxlan: Fix boolean flip in VXLAN_F_UDP_ZERO_CSUM6_[TX|RX]
ip6_udp_tunnel: Fix checksum calculation
net-timestamp: Fix a documentation typo
net/ping: handle protocol mismatching scenario
af_packet: fix sparse warning
...
Add a new directory heirarchy under the debugfs sunrpc/ directory:
sunrpc/
rpc_xprt/
<xprt id>/
Within that directory, we can put files that give info about the
xprts. We do have the (minor) problem that there is no succinct,
unique identifier for rpc_xprts. So we generate them synthetically
with a static atomic_t counter.
For now, this directory just holds an "info" file, but we may add
other files to it in the future.
Signed-off-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@primarydata.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <trond.myklebust@primarydata.com>
It's possible to get a dump of the RPC task queue by writing a value to
/proc/sys/sunrpc/rpc_debug. If you write any value to that file, you get
a dump of the RPC client task list into the log buffer. This is a rather
inconvenient interface however, and makes it hard to get immediate info
about the task queue.
Add a new directory hierarchy under debugfs:
sunrpc/
rpc_clnt/
<clientid>/
Within each clientid directory we create a new "tasks" file that will
dump info similar to what shows up in the log buffer, but with a few
small differences -- we avoid printing raw kernel addresses in favor of
symbolic names and the XID is also displayed.
Signed-off-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@primarydata.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <trond.myklebust@primarydata.com>
Instead of keeping track of all those special cases where
VLAN interfaces have no bss_conf.chandef, just make sure
they have the same as the AP interface they belong to.
Among others, this fixes a crash getting a VLAN's channel
from userspace since a NULL channel is returned as a good
result (return value 0) for VLANs since the commit below.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org [3.18 only]
Fixes: c12bc4885f ("mac80211: return the vif's chandef in ieee80211_cfg_get_channel()")
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
[rewrite commit log]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
One of the cases for an invalid channel definition is that
the channel pointer is NULL, in which case the warning is
a bit late since we'll dereference the pointer. Bail out
of the function upon warning about this.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This resolves linking problems with CONFIG_IPV6=n:
net/built-in.o: In function `redirect_tg6':
xt_REDIRECT.c:(.text+0x6d021): undefined reference to `nf_nat_redirect_ipv6'
Reported-by: Andreas Ruprecht <rupran@einserver.de>
Reported-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This patch adds the missing bits to allow to match per meta l4proto from
the bridge. Example:
nft add rule bridge filter input ether type {ip, ip6} meta l4proto udp counter
Signed-off-by: Alvaro Neira Ayuso <alvaroneay@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This patch exports the functions nft_reject_iphdr_validate and
nft_reject_ip6hdr_validate to use it in follow up patches.
These functions check if the IPv4/IPv6 header is correct.
Signed-off-by: Alvaro Neira Ayuso <alvaroneay@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
add a __nfct_init_offset annotation member to struct nf_conn to make
it clear which members are covered by the memset when the conntrack
is allocated.
This avoids zeroing timer_list and ct_net; both are already inited
explicitly.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
The maximum value for the hitcount parameter is given by
"ip_pkt_list_tot" parameter (default: 20).
Exceeding this value on the command line will cause the rule to be
rejected. The parameter is also readonly, i.e. it cannot be changed
without module unload or reboot.
Store size per table, then base nstamps[] size on the hitcount instead.
The module parameter is retained for backwards compatibility.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
The Bluetooth spec states that automatically flushable packets may not
be sent over a LE-U link.
Signed-off-by: Steven Walter <stevenrwalter@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
These patches various bugfixes and cleanups for using NFS over RDMA, including
better error handling and performance improvements by using pad optimization.
Signed-off-by: Anna Schumaker <Anna.Schumaker@Netapp.com>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v2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=YIru
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'nfs-rdma-for-3.19' of git://git.linux-nfs.org/projects/anna/nfs-rdma into linux-next
Pull NFS client RDMA changes for 3.19 from Anna Schumaker:
"NFS: Client side changes for RDMA
These patches various bugfixes and cleanups for using NFS over RDMA, including
better error handling and performance improvements by using pad optimization.
Signed-off-by: Anna Schumaker <Anna.Schumaker@Netapp.com>"
* tag 'nfs-rdma-for-3.19' of git://git.linux-nfs.org/projects/anna/nfs-rdma:
xprtrdma: Display async errors
xprtrdma: Enable pad optimization
xprtrdma: Re-write rpcrdma_flush_cqs()
xprtrdma: Refactor tasklet scheduling
xprtrdma: unmap all FMRs during transport disconnect
xprtrdma: Cap req_cqinit
xprtrdma: Return an errno from rpcrdma_register_external()
These patches fixes for iostats and SETCLIENTID in addition to cleaning
up the nfs4_init_callback() function.
Signed-off-by: Anna Schumaker <Anna.Schumaker@Netapp.com>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v2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=PMdS
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'nfs-cel-for-3.19' of git://git.linux-nfs.org/projects/anna/nfs-rdma into linux-next
Pull pull additional NFS client changes for 3.19 from Anna Schumaker:
"NFS: Generic client side changes from Chuck
These patches fixes for iostats and SETCLIENTID in addition to cleaning
up the nfs4_init_callback() function.
Signed-off-by: Anna Schumaker <Anna.Schumaker@Netapp.com>"
* tag 'nfs-cel-for-3.19' of git://git.linux-nfs.org/projects/anna/nfs-rdma:
NFS: Clean up nfs4_init_callback()
NFS: SETCLIENTID XDR buffer sizes are incorrect
SUNRPC: serialize iostats updates
TCP timestamping introduced MSG_ERRQUEUE handling for TCP sockets.
If the socket is of family AF_INET6, call ipv6_recv_error instead
of ip_recv_error.
This change is more complex than a single branch due to the loadable
ipv6 module. It reuses a pre-existing indirect function call from
ping. The ping code is safe to call, because it is part of the core
ipv6 module and always present when AF_INET6 sockets are active.
Fixes: 4ed2d765 (net-timestamp: TCP timestamping)
Signed-off-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
----
It may also be worthwhile to add WARN_ON_ONCE(sk->family == AF_INET6)
to ip_recv_error.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Only search for IFLA_EXT_MASK if the message actually carries a
ifinfomsg header and validate minimal length requirements for
IFLA_EXT_MASK.
Fixes: 6cbdceeb ("bridge: Dump vlan information from a bridge port")
Cc: Vlad Yasevich <vyasevic@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes: c2d3babf ("bridge: implement multicast fast leave")
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Payload is currently accessed blindly and may exceed valid message
boundaries.
Fixes: 407af3299 ("bridge: Add netlink interface to configure vlans on bridge ports")
Cc: Vlad Yasevich <vyasevic@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Having it as a sub-event for RSSI thresholds is very ugly,
but luckily no userspace actually uses the events yet.
Move the event to its own function call internally and to
its own event attribute in nl80211.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Use standard SKB list APIs associated with struct sk_buff_head to
manage socket outgoing packet chain and name table outgoing packet
chain, having relevant code simpler and more readable.
Signed-off-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Reviewed-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use standard SKB list APIs associated with struct sk_buff_head to
manage link's receive queue to simplify its relevant code cemplexity.
Signed-off-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Reviewed-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use standard SKB list APIs associated with struct sk_buff_head to
manage link's deferred queue, simplifying relevant code.
Signed-off-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Reviewed-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use standard SKB list APIs associated with struct sk_buff_head to
manage link transmission queue, having relevant code more clean.
Signed-off-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Reviewed-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The pseudo message types of BUNDLE_CLOSED as well as BUNDLE_OPEN are
used to flag whether or not more messages can be bundled into a data
packet in the outgoing transmission queue. Obviously, no more messages
can be appended after the packet has been sent and is waiting to be
acknowledged and deleted. These message types do in reality represent
a send-side local implementation flag, and are not defined as part of
the protocol. It is therefore safe to move it to to where it belongs,
that is, the control area (TIPC_SKB_CB) of the buffer.
Signed-off-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Reviewed-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In original tipc_link_push_packet(), it pushes messages from protocol
message queue, retransmission queue and next_out queue. But as the two
first queues are removed, we can simplify its relevant code through
deleting tipc_link_push_queue().
Signed-off-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Reviewed-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
TIPC retransmission queue is intended to record which messages
should be retransmitted when bearer is not congested. However,
as the retransmission queue becomes useless with the removal of
bearer congestion mechanism, it should be removed.
Signed-off-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Reviewed-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
TIPC protocol message queue is intended to save one protocol message
when bearer is congested so that the message stored in the queue can
be immediately transmitted when bearer congestion is released. However,
as now the protocol queue has no mission any more with the removal of
bearer congestion mechanism, it should be removed.
Signed-off-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Reviewed-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The node subscribe infrastructure represents a virtual base class, so
its users, such as struct tipc_port and struct publication, can derive
its implemented functionalities. However, after the removal of struct
tipc_port, struct publication is left as its only single user now. So
defining an abstract infrastructure for one user becomes no longer
reasonable. If corresponding new functions associated with the
infrastructure are moved to name_table.c file, the node subscription
infrastructure can be removed as well.
Signed-off-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Reviewed-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The "init_net" test in function addrconf_exit_net is introduced
in commit 44a6bd29 [Create ipv6 devconf-s for namespaces] to avoid freeing
init_net. In commit c900a800 [ipv6: fix bad free of addrconf_init_net],
function addrconf_init_net will allocate memory for every net regardless of
init_net. In this case, it is unnecessary to make "init_net" test.
CC: Hong Zhiguo <honkiko@gmail.com>
CC: Octavian Purdila <opurdila@ixiacom.com>
CC: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
CC: Cong Wang <cwang@twopensource.com>
Suggested-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Zhu Yanjun <Yanjun.Zhu@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Change remote checksum offload to call remcsum_adjust. This also
eliminates the optimization to skip an IP header as part of the
adjustment (really does not seem to be much of a win).
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
FQ/pacing has a clamp of delay of 125 ms, to avoid some possible harm.
It turns out this delay is too small to allow pacing low rates :
Some ISP setup very aggressive policers as low as 16kbit.
Now TCP stack has spurious rtx prevention, it seems safe to increase
this fixed parameter, without adding a qdisc attribute.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Yang Yingliang <yangyingliang@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Much of the code can be shared by moving it into helper functions
for the CQM event sending.
Also move the code closer together, even in the header file.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Pull nfsd bugfixes from Bruce Fields:
"These fix one mishandling of the case when security labels are
configured out, and two races in the 4.1 backchannel code"
* 'for-3.18' of git://linux-nfs.org/~bfields/linux:
nfsd: Fix slot wake up race in the nfsv4.1 callback code
SUNRPC: Fix locking around callback channel reply receive
nfsd: correctly define v4.2 support attributes
Occasionally mountstats reports a negative retransmission rate.
Ensure that two RPCs completing concurrently don't confuse the sums
in the transport's op_metrics array.
Since pNFS filelayout can invoke rpc_count_iostats() on another
transport from xprt_release(), we can't rely on simply holding the
transport_lock in xprt_release(). There's nothing for it but hard
serialization. One spin lock per RPC operation should make this as
painless as it can be.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Anna Schumaker <Anna.Schumaker@Netapp.com>
After commit ca777eff51 ("tcp: remove dst refcount false sharing for
prequeue mode") we have to relax check against skb dst in
tcp_v[46]_send_reset() if prequeue dropped the dst.
If a socket is provided, a full lookup was done to find this socket,
so the dst test can be skipped.
Bugzilla: https://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=88191
Reported-by: Jaša Bartelj <jasa.bartelj@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reported-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Fixes: ca777eff51 ("tcp: remove dst refcount false sharing for prequeue mode")
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This reverts commit 5195c14c8b.
If the conntrack clashes with an existing one, it is left out of
the unconfirmed list, thus, crashing when dropping the packet and
releasing the conntrack since golden rule is that conntracks are
always placed in any of the existing lists for traceability reasons.
Reported-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Fixes: https://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=88841
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The UDP checksum calculation for VXLAN tunnels is currently using the
socket addresses instead of the actual packet source and destination
addresses. As a result the checksum calculated is incorrect in some
cases.
Also uh->check was being set twice, first it was set to 0, and then it is
set again in udp6_set_csum. This change removes the redundant assignment
to 0.
Fixes: acbf74a7 ("vxlan: Refactor vxlan driver to make use of the common UDP tunnel functions.")
Cc: Andy Zhou <azhou@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
An async error upcall is a hard error, and should be reported in
the system log.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Anna Schumaker <Anna.Schumaker@Netapp.com>
The Linux NFS/RDMA server used to reject NFSv3 WRITE requests when
pad optimization was enabled. That bug was fixed by commit
e560e3b510 ("svcrdma: Add zero padding if the client doesn't send
it").
We can now enable pad optimization on the client, which helps
performance and is supported now by both Linux and Solaris servers.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Anna Schumaker <Anna.Schumaker@Netapp.com>
Currently rpcrdma_flush_cqs() attempts to avoid code duplication,
and simply invokes rpcrdma_recvcq_upcall and rpcrdma_sendcq_upcall.
1. rpcrdma_flush_cqs() can run concurrently with provider upcalls.
Both flush_cqs() and the upcalls were invoking ib_poll_cq() in
different threads using the same wc buffers (ep->rep_recv_wcs
and ep->rep_send_wcs), added by commit 1c00dd0776 ("xprtrmda:
Reduce calls to ib_poll_cq() in completion handlers").
During transport disconnect processing, this sometimes resulted
in the same reply getting added to the rpcrdma_tasklets_g list
more than once, which corrupted the list.
2. The upcall functions drain only a limited number of CQEs,
thanks to the poll budget added by commit 8301a2c047
("xprtrdma: Limit work done by completion handler").
Fixes: a7bc211ac9 ("xprtrdma: On disconnect, don't ignore ... ")
BugLink: https://bugzilla.linux-nfs.org/show_bug.cgi?id=276
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Anna Schumaker <Anna.Schumaker@Netapp.com>
Restore the separate function that schedules the reply handling
tasklet. I need to call it from two different paths.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Anna Schumaker <Anna.Schumaker@Netapp.com>
When using RPCRDMA_MTHCAFMR memory registration, after a few
transport disconnect / reconnect cycles, ib_map_phys_fmr() starts to
return EINVAL because the provider has exhausted its map pool.
Make sure that all FMRs are unmapped during transport disconnect,
and that ->send_request remarshals them during an RPC retransmit.
This resets the transport's MRs to ensure that none are leaked
during a disconnect.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Anna Schumaker <Anna.Schumaker@Netapp.com>
Recent work made FRMR registration and invalidation completions
unsignaled. This greatly reduces the adapter interrupt rate.
Every so often, however, a posted send Work Request is allowed to
signal. Otherwise, the provider's Work Queue will wrap and the
workload will hang.
The number of Work Requests that are allowed to remain unsignaled is
determined by the value of req_cqinit. Currently, this is set to the
size of the send Work Queue divided by two, minus 1.
For FRMR, the send Work Queue is the maximum number of concurrent
RPCs (currently 32) times the maximum number of Work Requests an
RPC might use (currently 7, though some adapters may need more).
For mlx4, this is 224 entries. This leaves completion signaling
disabled for 111 send Work Requests.
Some providers hold back dispatching Work Requests until a CQE is
generated. If completions are disabled, then no CQEs are generated
for quite some time, and that can stall the Work Queue.
I've seen this occur running xfstests generic/113 over NFSv4, where
eventually, posting a FAST_REG_MR Work Request fails with -ENOMEM
because the Work Queue has overflowed. The connection is dropped
and re-established.
Cap the rep_cqinit setting so completions are not left turned off
for too long.
BugLink: https://bugzilla.linux-nfs.org/show_bug.cgi?id=269
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Anna Schumaker <Anna.Schumaker@Netapp.com>
The RPC/RDMA send_request method and the chunk registration code
expects an errno from the registration function. This allows
the upper layers to distinguish between a recoverable failure
(for example, temporary memory exhaustion) and a hard failure
(for example, a bug in the registration logic).
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Anna Schumaker <Anna.Schumaker@Netapp.com>
Commit e1bd95bf7c ("crypto: algif - zeroize IV buffer") and
2a6af25bef ("crypto: algif - zeroize message digest buffer")
added memzero_explicit() calls on buffers that are later on
passed back to sock_kfree_s().
This is a discussed follow-up that, instead, extends the sock
API and adds sock_kzfree_s(), which internally uses kzfree()
instead of kfree() for passing the buffers back to slab.
Having sock_kzfree_s() allows to keep the changes more minimal
by just having a drop-in replacement instead of adding
memzero_explicit() calls everywhere before sock_kfree_s().
In kzfree(), the compiler is not allowed to optimize the memset()
away and thus there's no need for memzero_explicit(). Both,
sock_kfree_s() and sock_kzfree_s() are wrappers for
__sock_kfree_s() and call into kfree() resp. kzfree(); here,
__sock_kfree_s() needs to be explicitly inlined as we want the
compiler to optimize the call and condition away and thus it
produces e.g. on x86_64 the _same_ assembler output for
sock_kfree_s() before and after, and thus also allows for
avoiding code duplication.
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
If there are no channels allowing 80 MHz to be used, then the
station isn't really VHT capable even if the driver and device
support it in general. In this case, exclude the VHT capability
IE from probe request frames.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
We have a channel pointer, and we use its center frequency
to look up a channel pointer - which will thus be exactly
the same as the original pointer.
Remove that pointless lookup and just use the pointer.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
It's always set to the same value as CONFIG_TRACEPOINTS, so we can just
use that instead.
Signed-off-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@primarydata.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <trond.myklebust@primarydata.com>
It's always set to whatever CONFIG_SUNRPC_DEBUG is, so just use that.
Signed-off-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@primarydata.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <trond.myklebust@primarydata.com>
ping_lookup() may return a wrong sock if sk_buff's and sock's protocols
dont' match. For example, sk_buff's protocol is ETH_P_IPV6, but sock's
sk_family is AF_INET, in that case, if sk->sk_bound_dev_if is zero, a wrong
sock will be returned.
the fix is to "continue" the searching, if no matching, return NULL.
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Alexey Kuznetsov <kuznet@ms2.inr.ac.ru>
Cc: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
Cc: Hideaki YOSHIFUJI <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Cc: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Jane Zhou <a17711@motorola.com>
Signed-off-by: Yiwei Zhao <gbjc64@motorola.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
af_packet produces lots of these:
net/packet/af_packet.c:384:39: warning: incorrect type in return expression (different modifiers)
net/packet/af_packet.c:384:39: expected struct page [pure] *
net/packet/af_packet.c:384:39: got struct page *
this seems to be because sparse does not realize that _pure
refers to function, not the returned pointer.
Tweak code slightly to avoid the warning.
Signed-off-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When using GRE redirection in WCCP, it sets the wrong skb->protocol,
that is, ETH_P_IP instead of ETH_P_IPV6 for the encapuslated traffic.
Fixes: c12b395a46 ("gre: Support GRE over IPv6")
Cc: Dmitry Kozlov <xeb@mail.ru>
Signed-off-by: Yuri Chislov <yuri.chislov@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Yuri Chislov <yuri.chislov@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix sparse warnings about non-static declaration of static functions
in the new tipc netlink API.
Signed-off-by: Richard Alpe <richard.alpe@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
netfilter/ipvs updates for net-next
The following patchset contains Netfilter updates for your net-next
tree, this includes the NAT redirection support for nf_tables, the
cgroup support for nft meta and conntrack zone support for the connlimit
match. Coming after those, a bunch of sparse warning fixes, missing
netns bits and cleanups. More specifically, they are:
1) Prepare IPv4 and IPv6 NAT redirect code to use it from nf_tables,
patches from Arturo Borrero.
2) Introduce the nf_tables redir expression, from Arturo Borrero.
3) Remove an unnecessary assignment in ip_vs_xmit/__ip_vs_get_out_rt().
Patch from Alex Gartrell.
4) Add nft_log_dereference() macro to the nf_log infrastructure, patch
from Marcelo Leitner.
5) Add some extra validation when registering logger families, also
from Marcelo.
6) Some spelling cleanups from stephen hemminger.
7) Fix sparse warning in nf_logger_find_get().
8) Add cgroup support to nf_tables meta, patch from Ana Rey.
9) A Kconfig fix for the new redir expression and fix sparse warnings in
the new redir expression.
10) Fix several sparse warnings in the netfilter tree, from
Florian Westphal.
11) Reduce verbosity when OOM in nfnetlink_log. User can basically do
nothing when this situation occurs.
12) Add conntrack zone support to xt_connlimit, again from Florian.
13) Add netnamespace support to the h323 conntrack helper, contributed
by Vasily Averin.
14) Remove unnecessary nul-pointer checks before free_percpu() and
module_put(), from Markus Elfring.
15) Use pr_fmt in nfnetlink_log, again patch from Marcelo Leitner.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add tracepoints inside the main loop on xs_tcp_data_recv that allow
us to keep an eye on what's happening during each phase of it.
Signed-off-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@primarydata.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <trond.myklebust@primarydata.com>
...so we can keep track of when calls are sent and replies received.
Signed-off-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@primarydata.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <trond.myklebust@primarydata.com>
...just around svc_send, svc_recv and svc_process for now.
Signed-off-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@primarydata.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <trond.myklebust@primarydata.com>
The supported bandwidth field is a two-bit field, not a bitmap,
so treat it accordingly when disabling 80+80 or 160 MHz.
Note that we can only advertise "80+80 and 160" or "160", not
"80+80" by itself, so disabling 160 also disables 80+80.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
... and make it handle multi-segment iovecs - deals with that
"fix this later" issue for free. A bit of shame, really - it
had been there since 2.3.15pre3 when the whole thing went into the
tree, practically a historical artefact by now...
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Now the vti_link_ops do not point the .dellink, for fb tunnel device
(ip_vti0), the net_device will be removed as the default .dellink is
unregister_netdevice_queue,but the tunnel still in the tunnel list,
then if we add a new vti tunnel, in ip_tunnel_find():
hlist_for_each_entry_rcu(t, head, hash_node) {
if (local == t->parms.iph.saddr &&
remote == t->parms.iph.daddr &&
link == t->parms.link &&
==> type == t->dev->type &&
ip_tunnel_key_match(&t->parms, flags, key))
break;
}
the panic will happen, cause dev of ip_tunnel *t is null:
[ 3835.072977] IP: [<ffffffffa04103fd>] ip_tunnel_find+0x9d/0xc0 [ip_tunnel]
[ 3835.073008] PGD b2c21067 PUD b7277067 PMD 0
[ 3835.073008] Oops: 0000 [#1] SMP
.....
[ 3835.073008] Stack:
[ 3835.073008] ffff8800b72d77f0 ffffffffa0411924 ffff8800bb956000 ffff8800b72d78e0
[ 3835.073008] ffff8800b72d78a0 0000000000000000 ffffffffa040d100 ffff8800b72d7858
[ 3835.073008] ffffffffa040b2e3 0000000000000000 0000000000000000 0000000000000000
[ 3835.073008] Call Trace:
[ 3835.073008] [<ffffffffa0411924>] ip_tunnel_newlink+0x64/0x160 [ip_tunnel]
[ 3835.073008] [<ffffffffa040b2e3>] vti_newlink+0x43/0x70 [ip_vti]
[ 3835.073008] [<ffffffff8150d4da>] rtnl_newlink+0x4fa/0x5f0
[ 3835.073008] [<ffffffff812f68bb>] ? nla_strlcpy+0x5b/0x70
[ 3835.073008] [<ffffffff81508fb0>] ? rtnl_link_ops_get+0x40/0x60
[ 3835.073008] [<ffffffff8150d11f>] ? rtnl_newlink+0x13f/0x5f0
[ 3835.073008] [<ffffffff81509cf4>] rtnetlink_rcv_msg+0xa4/0x270
[ 3835.073008] [<ffffffff8126adf5>] ? sock_has_perm+0x75/0x90
[ 3835.073008] [<ffffffff81509c50>] ? rtnetlink_rcv+0x30/0x30
[ 3835.073008] [<ffffffff81529e39>] netlink_rcv_skb+0xa9/0xc0
[ 3835.073008] [<ffffffff81509c48>] rtnetlink_rcv+0x28/0x30
....
modprobe ip_vti
ip link del ip_vti0 type vti
ip link add ip_vti0 type vti
rmmod ip_vti
do that one or more times, kernel will panic.
fix it by assigning ip_tunnel_dellink to vti_link_ops' dellink, in
which we skip the unregister of fb tunnel device. do the same on ip6_vti.
Signed-off-by: Xin Long <lucien.xin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <cwang@twopensource.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This change has no functional impact and simply addresses some coding
style issues detected by checkpatch. Specifically this change
adjusts "if" statements which also include the assignment of a
variable.
No changes to the resultant object files result as determined by objdiff.
Signed-off-by: Ian Morris <ipm@chirality.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds SKB_GSO_TCPV4 to the list of supported GSO types handled by
the IPv6 GSO offloads. Without this change VXLAN tunnels running over IPv6
do not currently handle IPv4 TCP TSO requests correctly and end up handing
the non-segmented frame off to the device.
Below is the before and after for a simple netperf TCP_STREAM test between
two endpoints tunneling IPv4 over a VXLAN tunnel running on IPv6 on top of
a 1Gb/s network adapter.
Recv Send Send
Socket Socket Message Elapsed
Size Size Size Time Throughput
bytes bytes bytes secs. 10^6bits/sec
87380 16384 16384 10.29 0.88 Before
87380 16384 16384 10.03 895.69 After
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/ieee802154/fakehard.c
A bug fix went into 'net' for ieee802154/fakehard.c, which is removed
in 'net-next'.
Add build fix into the merge from Stephen Rothwell in openvswitch, the
logging macros take a new initial 'log' argument, a new call was added
in 'net' so when we merge that in here we have to explicitly add the
new 'log' arg to it else the build fails.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
1) Fix BUG when decrypting empty packets in mac80211, from Ronald Wahl.
2) nf_nat_range is not fully initialized and this is copied back to
userspace, from Daniel Borkmann.
3) Fix read past end of b uffer in netfilter ipset, also from Dan
Carpenter.
4) Signed integer overflow in ipv4 address mask creation helper
inet_make_mask(), from Vincent BENAYOUN.
5) VXLAN, be2net, mlx4_en, and qlcnic need ->ndo_gso_check() methods to
properly describe the device's capabilities, from Joe Stringer.
6) Fix memory leaks and checksum miscalculations in openvswitch, from
Pravin B SHelar and Jesse Gross.
7) FIB rules passes back ambiguous error code for unreachable routes,
making behavior confusing for userspace. Fix from Panu Matilainen.
8) ieee802154fake_probe() doesn't release resources properly on error,
from Alexey Khoroshilov.
9) Fix skb_over_panic in add_grhead(), from Daniel Borkmann.
10) Fix access of stale slave pointers in bonding code, from Nikolay
Aleksandrov.
11) Fix stack info leak in PPP pptp code, from Mathias Krause.
12) Cure locking bug in IPX stack, from Jiri Bohac.
13) Revert SKB fclone memory freeing optimization that is racey and can
allow accesses to freed up memory, from Eric Dumazet.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (71 commits)
tcp: Restore RFC5961-compliant behavior for SYN packets
net: Revert "net: avoid one atomic operation in skb_clone()"
virtio-net: validate features during probe
cxgb4 : Fix DCB priority groups being returned in wrong order
ipx: fix locking regression in ipx_sendmsg and ipx_recvmsg
openvswitch: Don't validate IPv6 label masks.
pptp: fix stack info leak in pptp_getname()
brcmfmac: don't include linux/unaligned/access_ok.h
cxgb4i : Don't block unload/cxgb4 unload when remote closes TCP connection
ipv6: delete protocol and unregister rtnetlink when cleanup
net/mlx4_en: Add VXLAN ndo calls to the PF net device ops too
bonding: fix curr_active_slave/carrier with loadbalance arp monitoring
mac80211: minstrel_ht: fix a crash in rate sorting
vxlan: Inline vxlan_gso_check().
can: m_can: update to support CAN FD features
can: m_can: fix incorrect error messages
can: m_can: add missing delay after setting CCCR_INIT bit
can: m_can: fix not set can_dlc for remote frame
can: m_can: fix possible sleep in napi poll
can: m_can: add missing message RAM initialization
...
John W. Linville says:
====================
pull request: wireless-next 2014-11-21
Please pull this batch of updates intended for the 3.19 stream...
For the mac80211 bits, Johannes says:
"It has been a while since my last pull request, so we accumulated
another relatively large set of changes:
* TDLS off-channel support set from Arik/Liad, with some support
patches I did
* custom regulatory fixes from Arik
* minstrel VHT fix (and a small optimisation) from Felix
* add back radiotap vendor namespace support (myself)
* random MAC address scanning for cfg80211/mac80211/hwsim (myself)
* CSA improvements (Luca)
* WoWLAN Net Detect (wake on network found) support (Luca)
* and lots of other smaller changes from many people"
For the Bluetooth bits, Johan says:
"Here's another set of patches for 3.19. Most of it is again fixes and
cleanups to ieee802154 related code from Alexander Aring. We've also got
better handling of hardware error events along with a proper API for HCI
drivers to notify the HCI core of such situations. There's also a minor
fix for mgmt events as well as a sparse warning fix. The code for
sending HCI commands synchronously also gets a fix where we might loose
the completion event in the case of very fast HW (particularly easily
reproducible with an emulated HCI device)."
And...
"Here's another bluetooth-next pull request for 3.19. We've got:
- Various fixes, cleanups and improvements to ieee802154/mac802154
- Support for a Broadcom BCM20702A1 variant
- Lots of lockdep fixes
- Fixed handling of LE CoC errors that should trigger SMP"
For the Atheros bits, Kalle says:
"One ath6kl patch and rest for ath10k, but nothing really major which
stands out. Most notable:
o fix resume (Bartosz)
o firmware restart is now faster and more reliable (Michal)
o it's now possible to test hardware restart functionality without
crashing the firmware using hw-restart parameter with
simulate_fw_crash debugfs file (Michal)"
On top of that...both ath9k and mwifiex get their usual level of
updates. Of note is the ath9k spectral scan work from Oleksij Rempel.
I also pulled from the wireless tree in order to avoid some merge issues.
Please let me know if there are problems!
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit a6111d3c "vlan: Pass SIOC[SG]HWTSTAMP ioctls to real device"
intended to enable hardware time stamping on VLAN interfaces, but
passing SIOCSHWTSTAMP is only half of the story. This patch adds
the second half, by letting user space find out the time stamping
capabilities of the device backing a VLAN interface.
Signed-off-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit c3ae62af8e ("tcp: should drop incoming frames without ACK
flag set") was created to mitigate a security vulnerability in which a
local attacker is able to inject data into locally-opened sockets by
using TCP protocol statistics in procfs to quickly find the correct
sequence number.
This broke the RFC5961 requirement to send a challenge ACK in response
to spurious RST packets, which was subsequently fixed by commit
7b514a886b ("tcp: accept RST without ACK flag").
Unfortunately, the RFC5961 requirement that spurious SYN packets be
handled in a similar manner remains broken.
RFC5961 section 4 states that:
... the handling of the SYN in the synchronized state SHOULD be
performed as follows:
1) If the SYN bit is set, irrespective of the sequence number, TCP
MUST send an ACK (also referred to as challenge ACK) to the remote
peer:
<SEQ=SND.NXT><ACK=RCV.NXT><CTL=ACK>
After sending the acknowledgment, TCP MUST drop the unacceptable
segment and stop processing further.
By sending an ACK, the remote peer is challenged to confirm the loss
of the previous connection and the request to start a new connection.
A legitimate peer, after restart, would not have a TCB in the
synchronized state. Thus, when the ACK arrives, the peer should send
a RST segment back with the sequence number derived from the ACK
field that caused the RST.
This RST will confirm that the remote peer has indeed closed the
previous connection. Upon receipt of a valid RST, the local TCP
endpoint MUST terminate its connection. The local TCP endpoint
should then rely on SYN retransmission from the remote end to
re-establish the connection.
This patch lets SYN packets through the discard added in c3ae62af8e,
so that spurious SYN packets are properly dealt with as per the RFC.
The challenge ACK is sent unconditionally and is rate-limited, so the
original vulnerability is not reintroduced by this patch.
Signed-off-by: Calvin Owens <calvinowens@fb.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Not sure what I was thinking, but doing anything after
releasing a refcount is suicidal or/and embarrassing.
By the time we set skb->fclone to SKB_FCLONE_FREE, another cpu
could have released last reference and freed whole skb.
We potentially corrupt memory or trap if CONFIG_DEBUG_PAGEALLOC is set.
Reported-by: Chris Mason <clm@fb.com>
Fixes: ce1a4ea3f1 ("net: avoid one atomic operation in skb_clone()")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add TIPC_NL_NAME_TABLE_GET command to the new tipc netlink API.
This command supports dumping the name table of all nodes.
Netlink logical layout of name table response message:
-> name table
-> publication
-> type
-> lower
-> upper
-> scope
-> node
-> ref
-> key
Signed-off-by: Richard Alpe <richard.alpe@ericsson.com>
Reviewed-by: Erik Hugne <erik.hugne@ericsson.com>
Reviewed-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add TIPC_NL_NET_SET command to the new tipc netlink API.
This command can set the network id and network (tipc) address.
Netlink logical layout of network set message:
-> net
[ -> id ]
[ -> address ]
Signed-off-by: Richard Alpe <richard.alpe@ericsson.com>
Reviewed-by: Erik Hugne <erik.hugne@ericsson.com>
Reviewed-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add TIPC_NL_NET_GET command to the new tipc netlink API.
This command dumps the network id of the node.
Netlink logical layout of returned network data:
-> net
-> id
Signed-off-by: Richard Alpe <richard.alpe@ericsson.com>
Reviewed-by: Erik Hugne <erik.hugne@ericsson.com>
Reviewed-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add TIPC_NL_NODE_GET to the new tipc netlink API.
This command can dump the address and node status of all nodes in the
tipc cluster.
Netlink logical layout of returned node/address data:
-> node
-> address
-> up flag
Signed-off-by: Richard Alpe <richard.alpe@ericsson.com>
Reviewed-by: Erik Hugne <erik.hugne@ericsson.com>
Reviewed-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add TIPC_NL_MEDIA_SET command to the new tipc netlink API.
This command can set one or more link properties for a particular
media.
Netlink logical layout of bearer set message:
-> media
-> name
-> link properties
[ -> tolerance ]
[ -> priority ]
[ -> window ]
Signed-off-by: Richard Alpe <richard.alpe@ericsson.com>
Reviewed-by: Erik Hugne <erik.hugne@ericsson.com>
Reviewed-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add TIPC_NL_MEDIA_GET command to the new tipc netlink API.
This command supports dumping all information about all defined
media as well as getting all information about a specific media.
The information about a media includes name and link properties.
Netlink logical layout of media get response message:
-> media
-> name
-> link properties
-> tolerance
-> priority
-> window
Signed-off-by: Richard Alpe <richard.alpe@ericsson.com>
Reviewed-by: Erik Hugne <erik.hugne@ericsson.com>
Reviewed-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add TIPC_NL_LINK_RESET_STATS command to the new netlink API.
This command resets the link statistics for a particular link.
Netlink logical layout of link reset message:
-> link
-> name
Signed-off-by: Richard Alpe <richard.alpe@ericsson.com>
Reviewed-by: Erik Hugne <erik.hugne@ericsson.com>
Reviewed-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add TIPC_NL_LINK_SET to the new tipc netlink API.
This command can set one or more link properties for a particular
link.
Netlink logical layout of link set message:
-> link
-> name
-> properties
[ -> tolerance ]
[ -> priority ]
[ -> window ]
Signed-off-by: Richard Alpe <richard.alpe@ericsson.com>
Reviewed-by: Erik Hugne <erik.hugne@ericsson.com>
Reviewed-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add TIPC_NL_LINK_GET command to the new tipc netlink API.
This command supports dumping all information about all links
(including the broadcast link) or getting all information about a
specific link (not the broadcast link).
The information about a link includes name, transmission info,
properties and link statistics.
As the tipc broadcast link is special we unfortunately have to treat
it specially. It is a deliberate decision not to abstract the
broadcast link on this (API) level.
Netlink logical layout of link response message:
-> port
-> name
-> MTU
-> RX
-> TX
-> up flag
-> active flag
-> properties
-> priority
-> tolerance
-> window
-> statistics
-> rx_info
-> rx_fragments
-> rx_fragmented
-> rx_bundles
-> rx_bundled
-> tx_info
-> tx_fragments
-> tx_fragmented
-> tx_bundles
-> tx_bundled
-> msg_prof_tot
-> msg_len_cnt
-> msg_len_tot
-> msg_len_p0
-> msg_len_p1
-> msg_len_p2
-> msg_len_p3
-> msg_len_p4
-> msg_len_p5
-> msg_len_p6
-> rx_states
-> rx_probes
-> rx_nacks
-> rx_deferred
-> tx_states
-> tx_probes
-> tx_nacks
-> tx_acks
-> retransmitted
-> duplicates
-> link_congs
-> max_queue
-> avg_queue
Signed-off-by: Richard Alpe <richard.alpe@ericsson.com>
Reviewed-by: Erik Hugne <erik.hugne@ericsson.com>
Reviewed-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add TIPC_NL_PUBL_GET command to the new tipc netlink API.
This command supports dumping of all publications for a specific
socket.
Netlink logical layout of request message:
-> socket
-> reference
Netlink logical layout of response message:
-> publication
-> type
-> lower
-> upper
Signed-off-by: Richard Alpe <richard.alpe@ericsson.com>
Reviewed-by: Erik Hugne <erik.hugne@ericsson.com>
Reviewed-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add TIPC_NL_SOCK_GET command to the new tipc netlink API.
This command supports dumping of all available sockets with their
associated connection or publication(s). It could be extended to reply
with a single socket if the NLM_F_DUMP isn't set.
The information about a socket includes reference, address, connection
information / publication information.
Netlink logical layout of response message:
-> socket
-> reference
-> address
[
-> connection
-> node
-> socket
[
-> connected flag
-> type
-> instance
]
]
[
-> publication flag
]
Signed-off-by: Richard Alpe <richard.alpe@ericsson.com>
Reviewed-by: Erik Hugne <erik.hugne@ericsson.com>
Reviewed-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add TIPC_NL_BEARER_SET command to the new tipc netlink API.
This command can set one or more link properties for a particular
bearer.
Netlink logical layout of bearer set message:
-> bearer
-> name
-> link properties
[ -> tolerance ]
[ -> priority ]
[ -> window ]
Signed-off-by: Richard Alpe <richard.alpe@ericsson.com>
Reviewed-by: Erik Hugne <erik.hugne@ericsson.com>
Reviewed-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add TIPC_NL_BEARER_GET command to the new tipc netlink API.
This command supports dumping all data about all bearers or getting
all information about a specific bearer.
The information about a bearer includes name, link priorities and
domain.
Netlink logical layout of bearer get message:
-> bearer
-> name
Netlink logical layout of returned bearer information:
-> bearer
-> name
-> link properties
-> priority
-> tolerance
-> window
-> domain
Signed-off-by: Richard Alpe <richard.alpe@ericsson.com>
Reviewed-by: Erik Hugne <erik.hugne@ericsson.com>
Reviewed-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A new netlink API for tipc that can disable or enable a tipc bearer.
The new API is separated from the old API because of a bug in the
user space client (tipc-config). The problem is that older versions
of tipc-config has a very low receive limit and adding commands to
the legacy genl_opts struct causes the ctrl_getfamily() response
message to grow, subsequently breaking the tool.
The new API utilizes netlink policies for input validation. Where the
top-level netlink attributes are tipc-logical entities, like bearer.
The top level entities then contain nested attributes. In this case
a name, nested link properties and a domain.
Netlink commands implemented in this patch:
TIPC_NL_BEARER_ENABLE
TIPC_NL_BEARER_DISABLE
Netlink logical layout of bearer enable message:
-> bearer
-> name
[ -> domain ]
[
-> properties
-> priority
]
Netlink logical layout of bearer disable message:
-> bearer
-> name
Signed-off-by: Richard Alpe <richard.alpe@ericsson.com>
Reviewed-by: Erik Hugne <erik.hugne@ericsson.com>
Reviewed-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It's just silly to hold the skb destructor argument around inside
skb->cb[] as we currently do in SCTP.
Nowadays, we're sort of cheating on data accounting in the sense
that due to commit 4c3a5bdae2 ("sctp: Don't charge for data in
sndbuf again when transmitting packet"), we orphan the skb already
in the SCTP output path, i.e. giving back charged data memory, and
use a different destructor only to make sure the sk doesn't vanish
on skb destruction time. Thus, cb[] is still valid here as we
operate within the SCTP layer. (It's generally actually a big
candidate for future rework, imho.)
However, storing the destructor in the cb[] can easily cause issues
should an non sctp_packet_set_owner_w()'ed skb ever escape the SCTP
layer, since cb[] may get overwritten by lower layers and thus can
corrupt the chunk pointer. There are no such issues at present,
but lets keep the chunk in destructor_arg, as this is the actual
purpose for it.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Vlad Yasevich <vyasevich@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When sending packets out with PF_PACKET, SOCK_RAW, ensure that the
packet is at least as long as the device's expected link layer header.
This check already exists in tpacket_snd, but not in packet_snd.
Also rate limit the warning in tpacket_snd.
Signed-off-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This tc action allows to work with vlan tagged skbs. Two supported
sub-actions are header pop and header push.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
So it can be used from out of openvswitch code.
Did couple of cosmetic changes on the way, namely variable naming and
adding support for 8021AD proto.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
note that skb_make_writable already exists in net/netfilter/core.c
but does something slightly different.
Suggested-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Acked-by: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use them to push skb->vlan_tci into the payload and avoid code
duplication.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Acked-by: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Name fits better. Plus there's going to be introduced
__vlan_insert_tag later on.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Acked-by: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Always returns the same skb it gets, so change to void.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Acked-by: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Replace duplicated code by calling skb_postpull_rcsum
Suggested-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Acked-by: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@nicira.com>
Acked-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter fixes for net
The following patchset contains two bugfixes for your net tree, they are:
1) Validate netlink group from nfnetlink to avoid an out of bound array
access. This should only happen with superuser priviledges though.
Discovered by Andrey Ryabinin using trinity.
2) Don't push ethernet header before calling the netfilter output hook
for multicast traffic, this breaks ebtables since it expects to see
skb->data pointing to the network header, patch from Linus Luessing.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
John W. Linville says:
====================
pull request: wireless 2014-11-20
Please full this little batch of fixes intended for the 3.18 stream!
For the mac80211 patch, Johannes says:
"Here's another last minute fix, for minstrel HT crashing
depending on the value of some uninitialised stack."
On top of that...
Ben Greear fixes an ath9k regression in which a BSSID mask is
miscalculated.
Dmitry Torokhov corrects an error handling routing in brcmfmac which
was checking an unsigned variable for a negative value.
Johannes Berg avoids a build problem in brcmfmac for arches where
linux/unaligned/access_ok.h and asm/unaligned.h conflict.
Mathy Vanhoef addresses another brcmfmac issue so as to eliminate a
use-after-free of the URB transfer buffer if a timeout occurs.
Please let me know if there are problems!
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This fixes an old regression introduced by commit
b0d0d915 (ipx: remove the BKL).
When a recvmsg syscall blocks waiting for new data, no data can be sent on the
same socket with sendmsg because ipx_recvmsg() sleeps with the socket locked.
This breaks mars-nwe (NetWare emulator):
- the ncpserv process reads the request using recvmsg
- ncpserv forks and spawns nwconn
- ncpserv calls a (blocking) recvmsg and waits for new requests
- nwconn deadlocks in sendmsg on the same socket
Commit b0d0d915 has simply replaced BKL locking with
lock_sock/release_sock. Unlike now, BKL got unlocked while
sleeping, so a blocking recvmsg did not block a concurrent
sendmsg.
Only keep the socket locked while actually working with the socket data and
release it prior to calling skb_recv_datagram().
Signed-off-by: Jiri Bohac <jbohac@suse.cz>
Reviewed-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When userspace doesn't provide a mask, OVS datapath generates a fully
unwildcarded mask for the flow by copying the flow and setting all bits
in all fields. For IPv6 label, this creates a mask that matches on the
upper 12 bits, causing the following error:
openvswitch: netlink: Invalid IPv6 flow label value (value=ffffffff, max=fffff)
This patch ignores the label validation check for masks, avoiding this
error.
Signed-off-by: Joe Stringer <joestringer@nicira.com>
Acked-by: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
another relatively large set of changes:
* TDLS off-channel support set from Arik/Liad, with some support
patches I did
* custom regulatory fixes from Arik
* minstrel VHT fix (and a small optimisation) from Felix
* add back radiotap vendor namespace support (myself)
* random MAC address scanning for cfg80211/mac80211/hwsim (myself)
* CSA improvements (Luca)
* WoWLAN Net Detect (wake on network found) support (Luca)
* and lots of other smaller changes from many people
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=q4e6
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-next-for-john-2014-11-20' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211-next
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> says:
"It has been a while since my last pull request, so we accumulated
another relatively large set of changes:
* TDLS off-channel support set from Arik/Liad, with some support
patches I did
* custom regulatory fixes from Arik
* minstrel VHT fix (and a small optimisation) from Felix
* add back radiotap vendor namespace support (myself)
* random MAC address scanning for cfg80211/mac80211/hwsim (myself)
* CSA improvements (Luca)
* WoWLAN Net Detect (wake on network found) support (Luca)
* and lots of other smaller changes from many people"
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The functions free_percpu() and module_put() test whether their argument
is NULL and then return immediately. Thus the test around the call is
not needed.
This issue was detected by using the Coccinelle software.
Signed-off-by: Markus Elfring <elfring@users.sourceforge.net>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Acked-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Currently we can't lookup tunnels with wildcard endpoints.
This patch adds a method to lookup these tunnels in the
receive path.
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
pim6_protocol was added when initiation, but it not deleted.
Similarly, unregister RTNL_FAMILY_IP6MR rtnetlink.
Signed-off-by: Duan Jiong <duanj.fnst@cn.fujitsu.com>
Reviewed-by: Cong Wang <cwang@twopensource.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
use {compat_,}rw_copy_check_uvector(). As the result, we are
guaranteed that all iovecs seen in ->msg_iov by ->sendmsg()
and ->recvmsg() will pass access_ok().
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Kernel-side struct msghdr is (currently) using the same layout as
userland one, but it's not a one-to-one copy - even without considering
32bit compat issues, we have msg_iov, msg_name and msg_control copied
to kernel[1]. It's fairly localized, so we get away with a few functions
where that knowledge is needed (and we could shrink that set even
more). Pretty much everything deals with the kernel-side variant and
the few places that want userland one just use a bunch of force-casts
to paper over the differences.
The thing is, kernel-side definition of struct msghdr is *not* exposed
in include/uapi - libc doesn't see it, etc. So we can add struct user_msghdr,
with proper annotations and let the few places that ever deal with those
beasts use it for userland pointers. Saner typechecking aside, that will
allow to change the layout of kernel-side msghdr - e.g. replace
msg_iov/msg_iovlen there with struct iov_iter, getting rid of the need
to modify the iovec as we copy data to/from it, etc.
We could introduce kernel_msghdr instead, but that would create much more
noise - the absolute majority of the instances would need to have the
type switched to kernel_msghdr and definition of struct msghdr in
include/linux/socket.h is not going to be seen by userland anyway.
This commit just introduces user_msghdr and switches the few places that
are dealing with userland-side msghdr to it.
[1] actually, it's even trickier than that - we copy msg_control for
sendmsg, but keep the userland address on recvmsg.
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
depending on the value of some uninitialised stack.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=L2Jb
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-for-john-2014-11-18' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> says:
"Here's another last minute fix, for minstrel HT crashing
depending on the value of some uninitialised stack."
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The __module_get() function tests whether its argument is NULL and then
returns immediately. Thus the test around the call is not needed.
This issue was detected by using the Coccinelle software.
Signed-off-by: Markus Elfring <elfring@users.sourceforge.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The proc_remove() function tests whether its argument is NULL and then
returns immediately. Thus the test around the call is not needed.
This issue was detected by using the Coccinelle software.
Signed-off-by: Markus Elfring <elfring@users.sourceforge.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While working on sk_forward_alloc problems reported by Denys
Fedoryshchenko, we found that tcp connect() (and fastopen) do not call
sk_wmem_schedule() for SYN packet (and/or SYN/DATA packet), so
sk_forward_alloc is negative while connect is in progress.
We can fix this by calling regular sk_stream_alloc_skb() both for the
SYN packet (in tcp_connect()) and the syn_data packet in
tcp_send_syn_data()
Then, tcp_send_syn_data() can avoid copying syn_data as we simply
can manipulate syn_data->cb[] to remove SYN flag (and increment seq)
Instead of open coding memcpy_fromiovecend(), simply use this helper.
This leaves in socket write queue clean fast clone skbs.
This was tested against our fastopen packetdrill tests.
Reported-by: Denys Fedoryshchenko <nuclearcat@nuclearcat.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Check the queue mapping earlier, skb->queue_mapping is more likely than
skb->data to still be in d-cache.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This allows drivers with a firmware or chip-based rate lookup table to
use the most recent default rate selection without having to get it from
per-packet data or explicit ieee80211_get_tx_rate calls
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Let the other listeners being notified when a new or del interface
command has been issued, thus reducing later necessary request to be in
sync with current context.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Bursztyka <tomasz.bursztyka@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Replace NL80211_ATTR_IFACE_SOCKET_OWNER attribute with more generic
NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER that can be used with other commands
that interface creation.
Signed-off-by: Jukka Rissanen <jukka.rissanen@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
